WO2018228501A1 - Communication method and device - Google Patents

Communication method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018228501A1
WO2018228501A1 PCT/CN2018/091349 CN2018091349W WO2018228501A1 WO 2018228501 A1 WO2018228501 A1 WO 2018228501A1 CN 2018091349 W CN2018091349 W CN 2018091349W WO 2018228501 A1 WO2018228501 A1 WO 2018228501A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
response
terminal device
resource
information
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/091349
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李俊超
唐浩
汪凡
唐臻飞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2018228501A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018228501A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • H04W28/20Negotiating bandwidth
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/06Reselecting a communication resource in the serving access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/16Performing reselection for specific purposes
    • H04W36/22Performing reselection for specific purposes for handling the traffic
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
  • the maximum bandwidth (e.g., 5 megahertz (MHz)) is less than the frequency domain width (20 MHz) of the system bandwidth supported by the network device.
  • the bandwidth capability of the terminal device is the capability of the maximum transmission bandwidth that the terminal device can support, and the maximum bandwidth is a specific performance of the bandwidth capability of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may report the bandwidth capability of the terminal device to the network device when initially accessing the network device.
  • the network device can implement communication with the terminal device by the following steps:
  • the network device configures P bandwidth parts (BPs) for the terminal device, wherein each BP specifies a frequency domain location (from X MHz to Y MHz) and a frequency domain width ((YX) of the BP MHz), and the frequency domain width of each BP is less than the maximum bandwidth; wherein P is an integer greater than 0;
  • the network device in the BP, selects, for the terminal device, that Q target BPs are to be used, and notifies the target device to the terminal device; where Q is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to P;
  • the network device performs resource allocation for the terminal device in the target BP, and implements data transmission between the network device and the terminal device based on the allocated resources.
  • Each BP is a continuous frequency domain resource.
  • a BP may contain consecutive or non-contiguous K subcarriers, or frequency domain resources containing non-overlapping consecutive or non-contiguous M resource blocks (RBs), or non-overlapping contiguous or non-overlapping The frequency domain resources in which the consecutive N resource block groups (RBGs) are located; K, M, and N are integers greater than 0.
  • the network device uses the BP1 to send downlink information to the terminal device (including the physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel).
  • the downlink data of the PDSCH is carried in the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) (DCI, etc.), and the response of the terminal equipment to the downlink information feedback is received by the BP2 (Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement, ACK/ NACK), that is, the terminal device uses BP2 to feed back the downlink information to obtain a response response.
  • PDCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the BP may switch, for example, the network device indicates the uplink used by the terminal device.
  • the frequency domain resources are switched from BP2 to BP3. In this case, how the terminal device feeds back the response response is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a communication method and apparatus for solving the problem that the terminal device feeds back a response response when a BP used by a terminal device is switched.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The terminal device receives the first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first response The response resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
  • Step 2 The terminal device receives second information from the network device when the uplink frequency domain resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource.
  • the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response;
  • Step 3 The terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource indicated by the second information.
  • the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is second after the handover.
  • the second response in the BP is responsive to the resource, so that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource, where the first response response is the first The response response of the line information feedback.
  • the terminal device may receive the second information multiple times, and the second information is the second information that is received last time before the terminal device feeds back the first response.
  • the first response response resource further includes a time domain resource and/or a code domain resource
  • the second response response resource further includes a time domain resource and/or a code domain resource
  • the method further includes the following steps: the terminal device receives a handover indication from the network device, where the handover indication is used to indicate an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP Switch to the second BP.
  • the terminal device can determine, by the received handover indication, that the used BP is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
  • the second information and the handover indication may be included in one DCI transmission.
  • the network device may send the second information and the handover indication to the terminal device by sending a DCI, so that the design may save signaling overhead of the network device.
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  • the terminal device feeds back multiple first response responses through a second response response resource, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the terminal device may feed back the first response response on the second response response resource by using the following steps: Retrieving a binding response or a joint response of the first response response on the second response response resource.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device feeds back the multiple first response responses by means of feedback binding, the information overhead can be saved.
  • the terminal device feeds back the multiple first response responses by means of a feedback joint response the transmission efficiency may be improved, and the network device may accurately determine the first of each first downlink information by using the joint response. Response response.
  • the method before the terminal device feeds back the binding response on the second response response resource, the method further includes the following steps: the terminal device acquires the number of the first response response, and may However, the binding response is generated according to the number of the first response response and the number of the received first downlink information.
  • Method 1 When the terminal device receives a first downlink information and needs to feed back a first response, if the terminal device determines that the number of the received first downlink information is smaller than the first response response And determining, by the quantity, that the binding response is a NACK; if the terminal device determines that the quantity of the received first downlink information is equal to the number of the first response, determining that the binding response is an ACK;
  • Method 2 When the terminal device receives a first downlink information and needs to feed back n (n is greater than or equal to 2) the first response, the terminal device determines, according to the received quantity of the first downlink information, The number of first response responses that should be fed back; if the terminal device determines that the number of first response responses that should be fed back is less than the number of the first response responses, determining that the binding response is NACK; Determining that the number of first response responses that should be fed back is equal to the number of the first response responses, then determining that the binding response is an ACK.
  • the terminal device may generate a first number of first response responses (which are ACKs) that are fed back to the received first downlink information according to the received quantity of the first downlink information.
  • the first quantity is: the number of the received first downlink information, or the number of the first downlink information received by n*;
  • the terminal device performs binding processing on the first number of first response responses (ACKs) and the second number of first response responses (NACKs), for example, performing logical processing and generating the binding response,
  • the binding response is ACK when the second quantity is 0, and the binding response is NACK when the second quantity is not 0.
  • the binding response generated by the terminal device can accurately reflect the transmission result of the first downlink information.
  • the terminal device acquires the number of the first response, including:
  • the terminal device receives the number of the first response responses from the network device.
  • the terminal device can determine the number of the first response responses so that the binding response can be accurately generated.
  • the terminal device receives, from the network device, third information that carries the number of the first response responses.
  • the third information may be high layer signaling, such as a system information block (SIB), a radio resource control (RRC), and a media access control (MAC) control element (Control Element).
  • SIB system information block
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC media access control
  • CE can also be dynamic signaling, such as DCI.
  • the DCI may be the DCI that carries the second information and the handover indication in the foregoing embodiment, so that the signaling overhead of the network device may be further saved.
  • the terminal device may feed back the joint response on the second response response resource by the following steps:
  • the terminal device acquires a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when transmitting the joint response; and then, the terminal device is configured according to the received first downlink And determining, according to the first response, the joint response, and finally, the terminal device may send the Joint response.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device sends the joint response on the second response response resource according to the PUCCH format, the terminal device modulates, time domain, and the joint response according to the PUCCH format. And/or frequency domain orthogonalization processing; then, the terminal device maps the modulated information to the time-frequency resource of the second response response resource, and sends the information to the network device.
  • the terminal device can successfully transmit the joint response on the second response response resource.
  • the terminal device may combine the multiple first response responses to generate a joint response.
  • the joint response includes the multiple first response responses. Therefore, the terminal device may save the resource overhead by feeding back the multiple response by feeding back the joint response, and the network device passes the The joint response can accurately determine the first response response of each of the first downlink information.
  • the terminal device can obtain the PUCCH format in the following two ways:
  • the first mode the terminal device receives the PUCCH format from the network device;
  • the second mode the terminal device acquires the number of the first response responses, and determines the PUCCH format according to the number of the first response responses.
  • the terminal device can accurately acquire the PUCCH format.
  • the joint response when the terminal device generates the joint response, the joint response may be generated according to a location in the codebook according to the first response response from the network device.
  • the location of each first response response in the joint response may be determined according to the location of the first response response in the codebook, so that the terminal device can accurately The combined response is obtained.
  • the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the terminal device may respond to the identifier of the downlink information and the response of the downlink information in the codebook according to the identifier of the first downlink information. In the correspondence of the locations, the location of the first response response in the codebook is determined.
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
  • the terminal device may implement, on each second response response resource, feed back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource.
  • the terminal device may feed back the first response response on the second response response resource by: the terminal device according to the received first And determining, by the line information, the first response response. Then, the terminal device feeds back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource.
  • the terminal device can implement a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource, so that the network device can directly determine each first The first response response corresponding to the row information.
  • the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource, or an index of the at least one second response response resource;
  • the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses may be expressed in the following two manners:
  • a first representation manner an offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response;
  • the second representation manner is: an offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the at least one second response response resource according to the second information.
  • the second The information can include an offset of the at least one second response response resource.
  • the second information may include an index of the at least one second response response resource. In this way, the information overhead of the second information can be reduced.
  • the method before the terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource, the method further includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, so that the first response response can be sent on the second response response resource corresponding to each second response response.
  • the first response response can be prevented from being sent on the erroneous second response response resource.
  • the terminal device may determine, in the second information, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the following steps:
  • the domain in which the offset of each second response response resource is located or the second may be deployed according to the identifier of the first downlink information.
  • the location of the information In this way, the terminal device can accurately determine the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the identifier of the first downlink information.
  • the terminal device may receive the second information from the network device according to the wireless network temporary identifier RNTI of the terminal device.
  • the network device may send a plurality of second information, each second information indicating one or more second response response resources of one or more terminal devices, the terminal device receiving only the RNTI configured by the network device One or more second information belonging to oneself does not receive the second information that does not belong to oneself, so that the complexity of blindly checking the second information by the terminal device can be reduced.
  • the method further includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives fourth information from the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the The third response response resource is configured to carry a second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information.
  • the terminal device receives the fifth information from the network device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, And the fourth response response resource is configured to carry the second response response;
  • the terminal device feeds back the second response response on the fourth response response resource.
  • the mobile communication system can group the downlink information, and the response responses to the feedback of the different groups of downlink information use different response response resources, thereby improving the flexibility of the feedback response of the mobile communication system, and each group of The response of the downlink information occupies a response response resource, which can improve the utilization of resources.
  • the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the The second set of time units each include at least one time unit.
  • the time unit may be a system frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a slot aggregation, a minislot aggregation, or the like.
  • the number of time units included in the first time unit set and the second time unit set may be the same or different.
  • the mobile communication system can group the downlink information according to the time unit, and the flexibility of grouping the downlink information is improved.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The network device sends the first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first bandwidth part BP, and the The response response resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information.
  • Step 2 The network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP.
  • Step 3 The network device sends the second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP. And the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response.
  • the network device After the network device notifies the terminal device to use the frequency domain resource to transmit the first response response in the first response response resource in the first BP, the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using a second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP.
  • the first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback.
  • the terminal device may determine the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the terminal response resource may be used on the second response response resource. The network device feeds back the first response response.
  • the network device may switch the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP by sending a handover indication to the terminal device, where The handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
  • the network device may notify the BP used by the terminal device that the BP has been switched by using the handover indication, and implement configuring the BP used by the terminal device.
  • the network device may send the second information and the handover indication to the terminal device by sending a DCI, so that the design may save signaling overhead of the network device.
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  • the terminal device feeds back multiple first response responses through a second response response resource, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the network device when the number of the first response responses is multiple, after the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the network device is in the second Receiving a binding response or a joint response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device on the response response resource.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device feeds back the multiple first response responses by means of feedback binding, the information overhead can be saved.
  • the terminal device feeds back the multiple first response responses by means of a feedback joint response the transmission efficiency may be improved, and the network device may accurately determine the first of each first downlink information by using the joint response. Response response.
  • the network device before receiving the binding response fed back by the terminal device, the network device further needs to send the number of the first response response to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may generate the binding that can accurately reflect the transmission result of the first downlink information according to the number of the first response and the case of receiving the first downlink information. response.
  • the network device may send the number of the first response responses to the terminal device by using the third information.
  • the third information may be high layer signaling, such as a system information block (SIB), a radio resource control (RRC), and a media access control (MAC) control element (Control Element).
  • SIB system information block
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC media access control
  • CE can also be dynamic signaling, such as DCI.
  • the DCI may be the DCI that carries the second information and the handover indication in the foregoing embodiment, so that the signaling overhead of the network device may be further saved.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the first downlink information
  • the network device determines that the terminal device has not successfully received all the first downlink information, and then retransmits the first downlink information.
  • the network device can determine the transmission status of the first downlink information according to the binding response.
  • the method before the network device receives the joint response fed back by the terminal device, the method further includes the following steps:
  • the network device may determine Corresponding to the PUCCH format of the number of the first response that the terminal device needs to send, and sending the PUCCH format to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be according to the PUCCH format, in the The joint response is sent on the second response response resource.
  • the network device also needs to send codebook information to the terminal device, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the terminal device that receives the codebook information may determine, according to the location of the first response response in the codebook, the first response response in the joint response when generating the joint response. The location in the middle so that the combined response can be accurately obtained.
  • the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the target first downlink information, where the target first downlink information is One of the first downlink information;
  • the network device determines that the terminal device does not successfully receive the target first downlink information, and then first targets the target The line information is retransmitted.
  • the network device can determine the transmission status of the first downlink information according to the binding response.
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
  • the terminal device may implement, on each second response response resource, feed back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource.
  • the network device after the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the network device receives the second response response resource in each of the at least one second response response resource, respectively. Determining, by the terminal device, a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource.
  • the network device can obtain each first response response on each second response response resource.
  • the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource, or an index of the at least one second response response resource;
  • the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses may be expressed in the following two manners:
  • a first representation manner an offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response;
  • the second representation manner is: an offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the at least one second response response resource according to the second information.
  • the network device after the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, the network device sends the The identifier of a downlink message.
  • the domain in which the offset of each second response response resource is located or the second may be deployed according to the identifier of the first downlink information.
  • the location of the information In this way, the terminal device can accurately determine the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the identifier of the first downlink information.
  • the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, including:
  • the network device sends the second information to the terminal device according to a radio network temporary identifier RNTI configured for the terminal device.
  • the network device may send a plurality of second information, each of the second information indicating one or more second response response resources of the one or more terminal devices, the terminal device using the RNTI configured by the network device, Only one or more second information belonging to oneself is received, and the second information that does not belong to itself is received, so that the complexity of blindly checking the second information by the terminal device can be reduced.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the target first downlink information, where the target first downlink information is One of the first downlink information;
  • the network device determines that the terminal device does not successfully receive the target first downlink information, and then first targets the target The line information is retransmitted.
  • the first response response corresponding to each first downlink information that the network device can receive determines the transmission status of each first downlink information.
  • the network device may further send the first device to the terminal device before the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate the third response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the third response response resource is used to carry the terminal
  • the device responds to the second response of the second downlink information;
  • the network device may further send fifth information, the fifth, to the terminal device.
  • the information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response.
  • the mobile communication system can group the downlink information, and the response responses to the feedback of the different groups of downlink information use different response response resources, thereby improving the flexibility of the feedback response of the mobile communication system, and each group of The response of the downlink information occupies a response response resource, which can improve the utilization of resources.
  • the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the The second set of time units each include at least one time unit.
  • the time unit may be a system frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a slot aggregation, a minislot aggregation, or the like.
  • the number of time units included in the first time unit set and the second time unit set may be the same or different.
  • the mobile communication system can group the downlink information according to the time unit, and the flexibility of grouping the downlink information is improved.
  • the present application provides a communication device for a terminal device, comprising: a unit or means for performing the steps of the above first aspect.
  • the application provides a communication device for a network device, comprising: a unit or means for performing the steps of the second aspect above.
  • the present application provides a communication device for a terminal device comprising at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein the at least one storage element is for storing programs and data, and the at least one processing element is for The method provided by the first aspect of the application is performed.
  • the present application provides a communication device for a network device comprising at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein the at least one storage element is for storing programs and data, and the at least one processing element is for The method provided by the second aspect of the present application is performed.
  • the application provides a communication device for a terminal device comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above first aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device for a network device, comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above second aspect.
  • the application provides a program for performing the method of any of the above aspects when executed by a processor.
  • the application provides a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, comprising the program of the fifth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a mobile communication system, where the mobile communication system includes a terminal device and a network device.
  • the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is removed from the device.
  • the first BP switches to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using the second response response resource in the second BP by using the frequency domain resource.
  • the first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback.
  • the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is in the handover.
  • the second response within the second BP is responsive to the resource, such that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a first communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a second communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a third communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a fourth communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a fifth communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a structural diagram of a first communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a structural diagram of a second communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a third communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of a fourth communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the present application provides a communication method and apparatus for solving the problem of the terminal device feeding back a response response in the case where a part of the bandwidth used by the terminal device is switched.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is The first BP switches to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP.
  • the first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback.
  • the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is in the handover.
  • the second response within the second BP is responsive to the resource, such that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
  • a network device is a device in a network that connects a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • the network device is a node in the radio access network, and may also be referred to as a base station, and may also be referred to as a radio access network (RAN) node (or device).
  • RAN radio access network
  • Some examples of network devices are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), and Node B (Node).
  • B, NB transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), and Node B (Node).
  • B, NB base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • home base station for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB
  • BBU wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP).
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node.
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • This structure separates the protocol layer of the eNB in the long term evolution (LTE) system, and the functions of some protocol layers are centrally controlled in the CU, and the functions of the remaining part or all of the protocol layers are distributed in the DU by the CU. Centrally control the DU.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • Terminal equipment also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • Devices for example, handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, and the like.
  • terminals are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality.
  • MIDs mobile internet devices
  • VR virtual reality
  • augmented reality, AR wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and the like.
  • BP is a continuous or non-contiguous frequency domain resource.
  • a BP may include consecutive or non-contiguous K subcarriers, or frequency domain resources containing non-overlapping consecutive or non-contiguous M RBs, or containing non-overlapping consecutive or non-contiguous N RBGs.
  • Frequency domain resources; K, M, N are integers greater than zero.
  • the BP may also be a bandwidth resource, a frequency resource, a frequency resource part, a partial frequency resource, or other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device communicates with the network device, it needs to be transmitted in the BP configured by the network device.
  • the network device may separately configure different frequency domain resources for the uplink information transmission and the downlink information transmission of the terminal device, or may not distinguish between uplink and downlink, and information for the terminal device.
  • the configuration of the frequency domain resource is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the downlink frequency domain resource configured by the network device for downlink information transmission of the terminal device is BP1
  • the uplink frequency domain resource configured for uplink information transmission of the terminal device is BP2.
  • the uplink (and downlink) frequency domain resource configured by the network device for the terminal device is BP1.
  • a response response a transmission result of the signal used by the transmitting device (such as a network device) for notifying the information, that is, whether the receiving device (such as the terminal device) whose transmission result is the signal successfully receives the information.
  • the response response may be ACK (eg 1) or NACK (eg 0).
  • ACK eg 1
  • NACK eg 0
  • the receiving device in a mobile communication system employing the HARQ technology, the receiving device generates a response response to the information according to whether the information transmitted by the transmitting device is successfully received in a HARQ process, and sends the response to the information, so that the receiving device can notify And transmitting, by the sending device, the transmission result of the information, so that the sending device may determine, according to the response response, whether the information is retransmitted.
  • the receiving device of the signal in the mobile communication system can realize the reliability of information transmission in the mobile communication system by transmitting a response to the transmitting device.
  • Binding responses of multiple response responses are generated by binding a plurality of response responses of the plurality of information to a receiving device (eg, a terminal device) of a plurality of information in the mobile communication system. Therefore, one of the binding responses may indicate a transmission result of the plurality of information.
  • the terminal device may perform a logical operation on the multiple response responses by using a certain logic algorithm to generate a binding response.
  • the logical operation may include at least one of the following: logical AND, logical OR, logical non.
  • a network device in a mobile communication system transmits four pieces of information to a terminal device:
  • the binding response is used to notify the network device that the four information transmissions are successful, and the four pieces of information need not be retransmitted.
  • the terminal device may determine that the response response of the four pieces of information includes three ACKs and one NACK, and the terminal device pairs the determined 4
  • the binding response is used to notify the network device that there is information that the transmission fails in the four pieces of information, and the network device may retransmit the four pieces of information.
  • a joint response of a plurality of response responses which is jointly (or combined) generated by a plurality of response responses of the plurality of pieces of information to a receiving device (eg, a terminal device) of the plurality of pieces of information in the mobile communication system. Therefore, the plurality of response responses are included in the joint response.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device generates the joint response according to the multiple response responses, the terminal device may follow a set combination principle (for example, according to a PUCCH format, and/or each response).
  • the joint response is generated in response to the location in the codebook.
  • the terminal device may use PUCCH format1; when the multiple response responses are 8, the terminal device may use PUCCH format3.
  • FIG. 1 shows a mobile communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the system includes a network device 101 and a terminal device 102.
  • the network device 101 is responsible for providing the terminal device 102 with a service related to radio access, implementing radio physical layer functions, resource scheduling and radio resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, and radio access control. Mobility management capabilities.
  • the terminal device 102 is a device that accesses the network through the network device 101.
  • the network device 101 and the terminal device 102 are connected through a Uu interface, thereby implementing communication between the terminal device 102 and the network device 101.
  • the bandwidth capability of the network device 101 is different from the bandwidth capability of the terminal device 102.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device 102 is smaller than the frequency bandwidth of the system bandwidth supported by the network device 101.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device 102 is 5 MHz, and the frequency domain of the system bandwidth supported by the network device 101 is used.
  • the width is 20MHz.
  • the maximum bandwidth of the terminal device 102 is a frequency domain width supported by the terminal device 102, and can be used as a specific performance of the bandwidth capability of the terminal device 102.
  • the network device 101 When the terminal device 102 initially accesses the network device 101, the network device 101 reports its own bandwidth capability, that is, the terminal device 102 sends the maximum bandwidth of the terminal device 102 to the network device 101. After receiving the maximum bandwidth, the network device 101 configures multiple BPs for the terminal device 102 according to the maximum bandwidth and the system bandwidth, and configures the terminal device 102 for each BP.
  • the PUCCH resources wherein the frequency domain resources of the plurality of PUCCH resources configured for any one of the BPs are within the BP.
  • the network device 101 may notify the terminal device 102 of the plurality of BPs configured for the terminal device 102 and a plurality of PUCCH resources configured for each BP by higher layer signaling.
  • the high layer signaling may be Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the network device 101 configures the first BP as the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device 102 in the multiple BPs, and the network device may allocate the frequency domain resource to the terminal device in the subsequent transmission.
  • the resources in the first BP are used as uplink resources (for example, PUCCH resources, PUSCH resources, and the like), so that the terminal device 102 can use the uplink resources to send information to the network device 101.
  • the network device 101 For transmitting the downlink information, the network device 101 performs resource allocation for the terminal device 102: allocating a downlink resource (ie, a PDSCH resource), and selecting one PUCCH resource among the multiple PUCCH resources corresponding to the first BP. Respond to response resources.
  • a downlink resource ie, a PDSCH resource
  • the network device 101 notifies the terminal device 102 of the resource allocated by the terminal device 102, for example, the network device 101 sends, by using the PDCCH channel, the PDSCH resource indication to the terminal device 102, The DCI that responds to the resource indication (or index).
  • the downlink frequency domain resource of the PDCCH channel and the frequency domain resource in the PDSCH resource are located in the same BP, and may be in the first BP or in the network device 101.
  • a downlink frequency domain resource configured by the device - within one of the plurality of BPs (including the first BP).
  • the network device 101 sends the downlink information to the terminal device 102 on the PDSCH resource;
  • the terminal device 102 After receiving the notification of the resource allocation of the network device 101 (the DCI), the terminal device 102 receives the downlink information on the PDSCH resource;
  • the terminal device 102 generates a response response to the downlink information according to the received result of the downlink information. In the case that the uplink frequency domain resource allocated by the network device 101 is not switched, the terminal device 102 The response response is fed back to the network device 101 on the response response resource.
  • the network device 101 allocates a PDCCH resource to the terminal device in the first BP, and allocates a PUCCH resource to the terminal device in the multiple PUCCH resources corresponding to the second BP; the network device 101 indicates the PUCCH resource
  • the bearer is sent to the terminal device 102 in the DCI, and the DCI is carried in the PDCCH; wherein the PUCCH resource is a response response resource, and the terminal device 102 feeds back the information to the network device 101.
  • the terminal device 102 receives the DCI on the PDCCH resource, and determines the PUCCH resource according to the PUCCH resource indication; and if the network device 101 does not switch the uplink frequency domain resource allocated thereto, The terminal device 102 feeds back a response response to the DCI on the PUCCH resource, and notifies the network device 101 that the terminal device 102 has successfully received the DCI.
  • the system shown in Figure 1 is merely exemplary embodiment provides a mobile communication system embodiment of the present application, embodiments of the present application may also be applied to the fifth generation (The 5 th Generation, 5G) mobile communication system
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited in terms of the Long Term Evolution (LTE), other mobile communication systems, and other mobile communication systems based on the evolution of the above mobile communication system.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the process of the method includes:
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first response is The resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the network device.
  • the first BP is one of multiple BPs configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the network device before transmitting the first downlink information, needs to perform resource allocation, including PDSCH resources, for the terminal device to transmit the first downlink information. And the first response response resource; and the terminal device notifies the terminal device of the resource allocated by the network device by using the DCI. Therefore, optionally, the network device may carry the first information in the DCI and send the information to the terminal device.
  • the first response response resource is one PUCCH resource on multiple PUCCH resources configured by the network device for the first BP.
  • the network device may notify the terminal device of the PUCCH resources configured for each BP by using high layer signaling.
  • the network device further includes the following steps before performing S201:
  • the network device selects one PUCCH resource as the first response response resource on the multiple PUCCH resources configured for the first BP, and generates the first information, where the first information is An index of the first response response resource in the plurality of PUCCH resources of the first BP configuration.
  • the terminal device may directly determine, according to the index of the first response response resource, the first response in multiple PUCCH resources configured for the first BP. Respond to resources.
  • the method further includes: S202: the network device sends the first downlink information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink information from the network device.
  • the network device sends the first downlink information on a PDSCH resource allocated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • S203 The network device switches an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to a second BP.
  • the first BP and the second BP are not completely the same, that is, the partial frequency resource or all frequency resources included in the first BP are not included in the second BP, or the second BP
  • the partial frequency resource or all frequency resources included are not included in the first BP.
  • the first BP and the second BP may not be identical: the at least one subcarrier included in the first BP is not included in the second BP. Or at least one subcarrier included in the second BP is not included in the first BP.
  • the switching from the first BP to the second BP may be because of a downlink frequency associated with the first BP.
  • the switching of the uplink resource corresponding to the first BP caused by the switching of the domain resource may be the switching of the uplink resource corresponding to the first BP, and the downlink frequency domain resource of the terminal device at this time You can switch without switching. Since it has nothing to do with the substance of this application, it will not be described later.
  • the method further includes: S204: the network device sends a handover indication to the terminal device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the first Two BP.
  • the terminal device receives a handover indication from the network device, to deactivate the first BP according to the handover indication, and activate the BP, to determine that the uplink frequency domain resource used subsequently is the second BP.
  • the network device may carry the handover indication in a DCI and send the information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI from the network device, thereby obtaining the handover indication.
  • the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and The second response response resource is configured to carry the first response response.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and The second response response resource is configured to carry the first response response.
  • the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, multiple network PUCCH resources are configured for each BP, and PUCCH resources to be configured for each BP are configured.
  • the second information is similar to the first information, and may also be an index of the second response response resource.
  • the step of the network device selecting the second response response resource is similar to the step of selecting the first response response resource, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second information may also be Responding to the location of the resource for the second response.
  • the second information may be: an offset of a location of the second response response resource relative to a location of the first response response resource, or the second information may also be the second The offset of the index of the response response resource relative to the index of the first response response resource, etc., is not limited in this application.
  • the first response response resource further includes a time domain resource and/or a code domain resource.
  • the second response response resource further includes a time domain resource and/or a code domain resource.
  • the terminal device may directly determine, by using the handover indication, that the uplink frequency domain resource used later is the second BP.
  • the terminal device may determine, by using the received second information, that the uplink frequency domain resource to be used later is the second BP.
  • the second response response resource is used to carry a response response of the terminal device to respond to downlink information before the BP handover, and the downlink information to be responded (including the first downlink information) is used by the terminal device.
  • the downlink information sent by the network device to the terminal device and the terminal device still does not feed back the response to the network device when the BP is switched.
  • the network device may send the second information to the terminal device by using the following manner, including:
  • the terminal device Transmitting, by the network, the first downlink control information DCI carrying the second information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI carrying the second information from the terminal device, thereby acquiring the second information.
  • the network device may perform S204 and S205 at the same time, that is, the handover indication is sent simultaneously with the second information, in other words, the network device may simultaneously indicate the handover to the second information.
  • the carrier is sent to the terminal device in the first DCI. In this way, the signaling overhead of the network device can be saved.
  • the DCI carrying the handover indication and the first DCI may also be different DCIs, which is not limited in this application.
  • S206 The terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource.
  • the terminal device may directly send the first response response to the network device, or process the first response response (eg, binding processing, joint processing, etc.), And feedback the response generated after processing (such as joint response, or binding response).
  • the first response response eg, binding processing, joint processing, etc.
  • the terminal device may directly send the first response response on the second response response;
  • the terminal device When the number of the first response responses is multiple, when the terminal device feeds back the first response, the terminal device needs to perform feedback in multiple manners in consideration of the number of the second response response resources. This will be explained by way of a specific embodiment.
  • the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is used by the network device.
  • the first BP switches to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP.
  • the first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback.
  • the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is in the handover.
  • the second response within the second BP is responsive to the resource, such that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can also avoid the handover time introduced by the terminal device from the second BP to the first BP feedback first response response, save the time domain air interface resource for the terminal device, and improve the data transmission rate.
  • a possible scenario in which the terminal device switches from the second BP to the first BP is that the terminal device is insufficient in maximum capability to support the first BP and the second BP at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the number of the first response responses is multiple.
  • the first downlink information in the embodiment of the present application is: the terminal that is sent by the network device to the terminal device and is switched when the BP is switched before the BP switch used by the terminal device The device still does not feed back all the downlink information of the response to the network device.
  • the terminal device performs the S206 by using the following steps:
  • the terminal device feeds back a binding response of the first response response on the second response response resource. corresponding,
  • the method before S206, the method further includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device acquires the number of the first response, and generates the binding response according to the number of the first response and the received quantity of the first downlink information.
  • the terminal device may generate the binding response according to the number of the first response responses and the number of the received first downlink information by using the following method:
  • the first method when the terminal device receives a first downlink information and needs to feed back a first response, if the terminal device determines that the number of the received first downlink information is smaller than the first response Determining, by the number of responses, that the binding response is a NACK; if the terminal device determines that the number of the received first downlink information is equal to the number of the first response, determining that the binding response is an ACK ;
  • the second method when the terminal device receives a first downlink information and needs to feed back n (n is greater than or equal to 2) the first response, the terminal device is configured according to the quantity of the first downlink information received. Determining, by the terminal device, the number of first response responses that should be fed back; if the terminal device determines that the number of first response responses that should be fed back is less than the number of the first response responses, determining that the binding response is a NACK; The terminal device determines that the number of first response responses that should be fed back is equal to the number of the first response responses, and then determines that the binding response is an ACK.
  • the third method the terminal device may generate, according to the received quantity of the first downlink information, a first number of first response responses (which are ACKs) that are fed back to the received first downlink information;
  • the first quantity is: the quantity of the first downlink information received, or the number of the first downlink information received by n*;
  • the terminal device performs binding processing on the first number of first response responses (ACKs) and the second number of first response responses (NACKs), for example, performing logical processing and generating the binding response,
  • the binding response is ACK when the second quantity is 0, and the binding response is NACK when the second quantity is not 0.
  • the second and third methods described above give the case where the number of first response responses that each of the first downlink information needs to feed back is the same. Those skilled in the art can extend the creative response to the case where the number of first response responses that need to be fed back for each first downlink information is not completely the same or completely different.
  • the terminal device may obtain the quantity of the first response response by:
  • the terminal device acquires a preset number of the first response responses
  • the terminal device acquires the number of the first response responses through S300.
  • the method further includes:
  • S300 The network device sends the quantity of the first response response to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the number of the first response responses from the network device.
  • the number of the first response response may be carried in the third information.
  • the third information may be high layer signaling, such as a system information block (SIB), a radio resource control (RRC), and a media access control (MAC) control element.
  • SIB system information block
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC media access control
  • Control Element, CE can also be dynamic signaling, such as DCI.
  • the DCI that carries the number of the first response and the DCI that carries the second information may be the same DCI or a different DCI, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the first downlink information
  • the network device determines that the terminal device has not successfully received all the first downlink information, and then retransmits the first downlink information.
  • the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine The second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
  • the terminal device feeds back multiple first response responses by using a second response response resource, which may improve resource utilization, and the terminal device feeds back the multiple by feedback binding response
  • the first response response can save information overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the number of the first response responses is multiple.
  • the first downlink information in the embodiment of the present application is: the terminal that is sent by the network device to the terminal device and is switched when the BP is switched before the BP switch used by the terminal device The device still does not feed back all the downlink information of the response to the network device.
  • the terminal device performs the S206 by using the following steps:
  • the terminal device feeds back a joint response of the first response response on the second response response resource.
  • the network device receives, on the second response response resource, a joint response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device.
  • the method before S206, the method further includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device generates the joint response by using a method:
  • the terminal device acquires a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when sending the joint response;
  • the terminal device determines the first response response according to the received first downlink information, and generates the joint response according to the first response response.
  • the terminal device may combine the multiple first response responses to generate a joint response.
  • the joint response includes the multiple first response responses. Therefore, the terminal device may save the resource overhead by feeding back the multiple response by feeding back the joint response, and the network device passes the The joint response can accurately determine the first response response of each of the first downlink information.
  • the sending, by the terminal device, the joint response of the first response response according to the PUCCH format specifically includes:
  • the terminal device determines the second response response resource according to the PUCCH format
  • the terminal device performs modulation, time domain and/or frequency domain orthogonalization processing on the joint response according to the PUCCH format
  • the terminal device maps the modulated information to the time-frequency resource of the second response response resource, and sends the information to the network device.
  • the modulation is Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK)/Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation.
  • BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying
  • QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
  • the orthogonalization process includes multiplying the time domain by an orthogonal sequence and a cyclic shift in the frequency domain; when the joint response is transmitted by using PUCCH format 3, the modulation is QPSK, and the orthogonalization processing includes cyclic shift in the frequency domain.
  • PUCCH format 1 has a higher multiplexing capability, which allows more terminal devices to transmit response responses on the same time-frequency resource, but has a smaller capacity and can only transmit fewer bits; instead, PUCCH Format 3 has a higher capacity and can transmit more bits, but its multiplexing capability is lower, and only a small number of terminal devices can be allowed to transmit response responses on the same time-frequency resources.
  • the terminal device may obtain the PUCCH format by:
  • Manner 1 The terminal device acquires the number of the first response responses, and determines the PUCCH format according to the number of the first response responses.
  • the terminal device Since the capacity and multiplexing capability of different PUCCH formats are different, and the capacity and multiplexing capability are related to the amount of information that the terminal device needs to transmit (for example, the number of the first response responses).
  • the terminal device maintains a correspondence between the number of response responses and the PUCCH format, and after acquiring the number of the first response responses, the terminal device determines, in the corresponding relationship, the first The number of response responses corresponds to the PUCCH format.
  • Manner 2 The terminal device acquires the PUCCH format through S400a.
  • the method further includes:
  • S400a The network device sends the PUCCH format to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the PUCCH format from the network device.
  • the network device may determine the PUCCH format by using the foregoing manner 1 before executing the S400a, and details are not described herein again.
  • the joint response of the first response response may be generated by using the following steps:
  • the terminal device obtains the codebook information from the network device by using the S400b, where the codebook information indicates the location of the first response response in the codebook; optionally, the codebook information is the first An identifier of the row information (eg, an identifier of the PDSCH carrying the first downlink information), or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the codebook information indicates the location of the first response response in the codebook; optionally, the codebook information is the first An identifier of the row information (eg, an identifier of the PDSCH carrying the first downlink information), or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the terminal device generates the joint response according to the number of the first response responses and the location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the terminal device may determine the location of each first response response in the joint response according to the location of the first response response in the codebook, so that the terminal device can accurately obtain The joint response.
  • the network device after the network device receives the joint response on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second response response resource by using the S206, determining, according to the number of the first response, the PUCCH format, the joint response Demodulation and decoding, determining an identifier of the first downlink information corresponding to the first response response according to the location of the first response response in the codebook, thereby determining whether the first downlink information is correctly received.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the target first downlink information, where the target first downlink information is One of the first downlink information;
  • the network device determines that the terminal device does not successfully receive the target first downlink information, and then first targets the target The line information is retransmitted.
  • the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine The second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
  • the terminal device feeds back multiple first response responses by using a second response response resource, which may improve resource utilization, and the terminal device feeds back the multiple by feeding back a joint response. The response may be improved, and the network device may accurately determine the first response response of each of the first downlink information by using the joint response.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
  • the first downlink information in the embodiment of the present application is: the terminal that is sent by the network device to the terminal device and is switched when the BP is switched before the BP switch used by the terminal device The device still does not feed back all the downlink information of the response to the network device.
  • the terminal device performs the S206 by using the following steps:
  • the terminal device feeds back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource.
  • the network device performs the S206 by the following steps:
  • the network device receives a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource fed back by the terminal device, on each second response response resource of the at least one second response response resource.
  • the second information in the method includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource (also referred to as an ACK Resource Offset (ARO)), or the at least one The index of the second response response resource.
  • ARO ACK Resource Offset
  • the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
  • the second information may include The at least one second response is offset by a resource.
  • the second information may include an index of the at least one second response response resource. In this way, the information overhead of the second information can be reduced.
  • the method before the performing, by the terminal device, the method further includes:
  • S501 Determine, in the at least one response response resource, a second response response resource corresponding to each first response response.
  • the terminal device can execute S501 by using the following two methods:
  • a first method in case the second information comprises an offset of the at least one second response response resource:
  • each first response response according to a (position or index) of the first response response resource corresponding to each first response response, and an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response Corresponding second response response resource.
  • the terminal device determines, according to an index of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, a second response response resource corresponding to each first response response.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the second information.
  • the number of the second information may be multiple, and each first information includes an offset (or index) of a second response response resource; or the second information includes Multiple domains, each carrying a bias (or index) of a second response response resource.
  • the network device may deploy each second response response resource according to the identifier of the first downlink information.
  • the terminal device may determine, in the second information, an offset (or an index) of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response.
  • the terminal device acquires, by the S500, an identifier of the first downlink information (for example, an identifier of a PDSCH that carries the first downlink information) from the network device;
  • an identifier of the first downlink information for example, an identifier of a PDSCH that carries the first downlink information
  • the network device performs S205 by:
  • the network device sends the second information to the terminal device according to a Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) configured for the terminal device.
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • the terminal device performs S205 in the following manner:
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device according to the RNTI of the terminal device.
  • the network device can send multiple second information, each of the second information indicating one or more second response response resources of the one or more terminal devices, and the terminal device uses the RNTI configured by the network device to receive only one of its own. Or a plurality of second information, without receiving the second information that is not his own, so that the complexity of the terminal device blindly checking the second information can be reduced.
  • the network device allocates each second response response resource for each first downlink information, and therefore, the network device receives, by using the S206, a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource. Then, it may be determined according to which downlink information the first response response corresponding to each second response response resource is determined. In this way, the network device can determine a first response response corresponding to each first downlink information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the target first downlink information, where the target first downlink information is One of the first downlink information;
  • the network device determines that the terminal device does not successfully receive the target first downlink information, and then first targets the target The line information is retransmitted.
  • the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine The second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  • the fifth information is also used to indicate a fourth response response resource.
  • the first downlink information in the embodiment of the present application is: before the BP handover used by the terminal device, the network device sends the device to the terminal device, and the terminal device is still not in the BP handover. The network device feeds back a portion of the downlink information of the response.
  • the second downlink information related to the embodiment of the present application is: before the BP handover used by the terminal device, the network device sends the device to the terminal device, and the terminal device still does not go to the network when the BP is switched. The device feedbacks another part of the downlink information of the response.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of downlink information included in the first downlink information and the second downlink information, and the number of the first downlink information and the number of the second downlink information. The same may be used or different, and this application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device may determine the quantity of the first downlink information and the quantity of the second downlink information in the following two manners:
  • the terminal device receives the quantity of the first downlink information and the quantity of the second downlink information that are sent by the network device;
  • the second method the terminal device determines the quantity of the first downlink information and the quantity of the second downlink information according to a predefined manner.
  • the first downlink information may be downlink information in a first time unit set, and the second downlink information may also be downlink information in a second time unit set;
  • Each of the first set of time units and the second set of time units includes at least one time unit.
  • the first time unit set and the second time unit set may be determined according to the indication information of the network device, or may be determined according to a predefined manner; the first time unit set and the second The number of time units included in the time unit set may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
  • the time unit may be a system frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a slot aggregation, a minislot aggregation, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the first time unit set and the second time unit set are determined according to a predefined manner.
  • the time unit before receiving the BP handover signaling by the terminal device is in a predefined manner.
  • Dividing, determining a first time unit set and a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second time unit set may also be referred to as a first time unit window and a second time unit window, and the present application Not limited.
  • the operations performed on the second downlink information in the mobile communication system are the same as those performed for the first downlink information.
  • the method before S203, the method further includes:
  • the network device sends fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, where a frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and The third response response resource is configured to carry a second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information.
  • the terminal device receives the fourth information from the network device.
  • S602 The network device sends the second downlink information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second downlink information from the network device.
  • the network device sends the fifth information to the terminal device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP. And the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response.
  • the terminal device receives the fifth information from the network device.
  • S604 The terminal device feeds back the second response response on the fourth response response resource.
  • the operations performed on the first downlink information and the second downlink information in the mobile communication system may refer to the description in the embodiment of the communication method shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. , will not repeat them here.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first time unit set, a codebook size corresponding to the first time unit set; the terminal device is located according to the first downlink information.
  • the location of the time unit in the first time unit determines the location of the first response response corresponding to the first downlink information in the codebook, if the terminal device does not detect on a certain time unit in the first time unit set
  • the first downlink response is that the first response response in the codebook corresponding to the location of the time unit is NACK.
  • the manner in which the terminal device determines the second response of the second downlink information in the second time unit set is the same as the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein.
  • the mobile communication system can group the downlink information, and respond to the feedback of the downlink information of different groups by using different response response resources, thereby improving the flexibility of the feedback response of the mobile communication system.
  • the response of the downlink information of each group occupies a response response resource, which can improve the utilization of resources.
  • the present application further provides a communication device for a terminal device, and the terminal device is applied to the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 for implementing the communication method in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 700 includes: a receiving unit 701, a processing unit 702, and a sending unit 703, where
  • the receiving unit 701 is configured to receive, by the network device, the first information, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first The response response resource is configured to carry the first response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
  • the processing unit 702 is configured to control the sending unit 703 to feed back the first response response on the second response response resource.
  • the receiving unit 701 is further configured to:
  • a handover indication where the handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
  • the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: when receiving the second information from the network device:
  • the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: when receiving the handover indication from the network device,
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  • the processing unit 702 when the first response response is fed back on the second response response resource, is specifically used to:
  • the control sending unit 703 feeds back a binding response or a joint response of the first response response on the second response response resource.
  • processing unit 702 is further configured to:
  • the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to: when acquiring the quantity of the first response response:
  • the number of the first response responses is received by the receiving unit 701 from the network device.
  • the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: when receiving the quantity of the first response response from the network device:
  • processing unit 702 is specifically configured to: when the sending unit 703 is configured to feed back the joint response on the second response response resource, specifically:
  • the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to: when acquiring the PUCCH format:
  • the terminal device generates the joint response, including:
  • the terminal device acquires codebook information from the network device, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook;
  • the terminal device generates the joint response according to the location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
  • the processing unit 702 is configured to: when the sending unit 703 feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource, specifically:
  • the sending unit 703 controls the first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource.
  • the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource
  • the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
  • processing unit 702 is further configured to:
  • the processing unit 702 when determining the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information, is specifically used to:
  • the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: when receiving the second information from the network device:
  • the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive fourth information from the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the In the first BP, the third response response resource is used to carry the second response of the terminal device to the second downlink information;
  • the network device Receiving, by the network device, the fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and the The four response response resources are used to carry the second response response;
  • the processing unit 702 is further configured to control the sending unit 703 to feed back the second response response on the fourth response response resource.
  • the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second The set of time units each contain at least one time unit.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, after the used BP is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine the frequency domain.
  • the second response response resource of the resource in the second BP after the handover so that the first response response may be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource, where the first response response is The response of the terminal device to the response of the first downlink information feedback.
  • the present application further provides a communication device for a network device, and the network device is applied to the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 for implementing the communication method in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 includes: a sending unit 801, a processing unit 802, and a receiving unit 803, wherein
  • the sending unit 801 is configured to send, to the terminal device, the first information, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first bandwidth part BP, and the The first response response resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
  • the processing unit 802 is configured to switch the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP;
  • the sending unit 801 is further configured to send, to the terminal device, second information, where the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP And the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response.
  • the processing unit 802 is specifically configured to: when the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP,
  • the sending unit 801 And transmitting, by the sending unit 801, the handover indication to the terminal device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
  • the sending unit 801 is specifically configured to: when sending the second information to the terminal device:
  • the sending unit 801 is specifically configured to: when sending a handover indication to the terminal device:
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  • the receiving unit 803 is configured to, after the sending unit 801 sends the second information to the terminal device, the second response response. Receiving, by the resource, a binding response or a joint response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 801 is further configured to:
  • the number of the first response responses is sent to the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 801 is specifically configured to: when the number of the first response is sent to the terminal device:
  • processing unit 802 is further configured to:
  • the receiving unit 803 Before the receiving unit 803 receives the joint response that is sent by the terminal device, determining a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format according to the number of the first response responses, and using the sending unit 801 to the terminal device And transmitting the PUCCH format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when sending the joint response.
  • the sending unit 801 is further configured to:
  • the receiving unit 803 receives the joint response fed back by the terminal device, sending codebook information to the terminal device, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
  • the receiving unit 803 is specifically configured to:
  • each second response that is fed back by the terminal device is received on each second response response resource in the at least one second response response resource.
  • the first response response corresponding to the response resource.
  • the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource
  • the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
  • the sending unit 801 is further configured to:
  • the processing unit 802 switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, the identifier of the first downlink information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 801 is specifically configured to: when sending the second information to the terminal device:
  • the sending unit 801 is further configured to:
  • the processing unit 802 Before the processing unit 802 switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, sending fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate The third response response resource, the frequency response resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the third response response resource is used to carry the second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information;
  • the processing unit 802 switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, sending, to the terminal device, fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate The fourth response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response.
  • the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second The set of time units each contain at least one time unit.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device, after the network device notifies the terminal device to use the frequency domain resource to transmit the first response response in the first response response resource in the first BP, and then uplink the frequency domain of the terminal device.
  • the resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using a second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP.
  • the first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback.
  • the terminal device may determine the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the terminal response resource may be used on the second response response resource.
  • the network device feeds back the first response response.
  • each unit of the above communication device is only a division of a logical function, and may be integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in whole or in part.
  • these units may all be implemented in the form of software by means of processing component calls; or may be implemented entirely in hardware; some units may be implemented in software in the form of processing component calls, and some units may be implemented in hardware.
  • the processing unit in the communication device may be a separately set processing element, or may be implemented in one of the chips in the communication device, or may be stored in the memory of the communication device in the form of a program, by the communication device.
  • a processing component calls and executes the function of the unit.
  • the implementation of other units is similar.
  • all or part of these units can be integrated or implemented independently.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the receiving unit in the above communication device is a unit for controlling reception, and the information transmitted by the opposite end can be received by the receiving device of the communication device, such as an antenna and a radio frequency device.
  • the transmitting unit in the above communication device is a unit for controlling transmission, and information can be transmitted to the opposite end through a transmitting device of the communication device, such as an antenna and a radio frequency device.
  • the above units may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital) Signal processor, DSP), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the processing element can be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can invoke the program.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which is used in a mobile device, and is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 to implement the communication method provided by the foregoing embodiment.
  • a communication device which is used in a mobile device, and is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 to implement the communication method provided by the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 700 There is a function of the communication device 700 as shown in FIG.
  • the communication device 900 includes a transceiver 901, a processor 902, and a memory 903.
  • the transceiver 901, the processor 902, and the memory 903 are connected to each other.
  • the transceiver 901, the processor 902, and the memory 903 are connected to each other by a bus 904.
  • the bus 904 can be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnect
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the transceiver 901 is configured to receive and transmit data to implement communication with other devices (such as network devices) in the mobile communication system.
  • the processor 902 is configured to implement the communication method provided in the foregoing embodiment, including:
  • the transceiver 901 Receiving first information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, where the first information is used to indicate a first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first The response response resource is configured to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information.
  • the transceiver 901 Receiving, by the transceiver 901, second information from the network device when the uplink frequency domain resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, where the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, The frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response;
  • the first response response is fed back by the transceiver 901 on the second response response resource.
  • processor 902 is further configured to:
  • a handover indication from the network device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
  • the processor 902 when the processor 902 receives the second information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving, by the processor 902, the switching indication from the network device by using the transceiver 901, includes:
  • the DCI carrying the handover indication is received by the transceiver 901 from the terminal device.
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  • the processor 902 specifically uses the first response response when the transceiver 901 feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource. to:
  • processor 902 is further configured to:
  • the processor 902 when acquiring the quantity of the first response, is specifically configured to:
  • the number of the first response responses is received by the transceiver 901 from the network device.
  • the processor 902 when the processor 902 receives the number of the first response responses from the network device by using the transceiver 901, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
  • the third information carrying the number of the first response responses is received by the transceiver 901 from the network device.
  • the processor 902 when the processor 902 feeds back the joint response on the second response response resource by using the transceiver 901, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
  • the processor 902 when acquiring the PUCCH format, is specifically configured to:
  • the processor 902 when the processor 902 generates the joint response, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
  • codebook information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook;
  • the joint response is generated according to the location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
  • the method 902 includes:
  • the first response response corresponding to each second response response resource is fed back to each of the second response response resources by the transceiver 901.
  • the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource
  • the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
  • processor 902 is further configured to:
  • the determining, by the processor 902, the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information is specifically used to:
  • the processor 902 when the processor 902 receives the second information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device by using the transceiver 901 according to the radio network temporary identifier RNTI of the terminal device.
  • processor 902 is further configured to:
  • the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, where a frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and
  • the third response response resource is configured to carry a second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information.
  • the transceiver 901 Receiving, by the transceiver 901, fifth information from the network device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP And the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response;
  • the second response response is fed back by the transceiver 901 on the fourth response response resource.
  • the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second The set of time units each contain at least one time unit.
  • the memory 903 is configured to store program instructions and the like.
  • program instructions may include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 903 may include a random access memory (RAM), and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk storage.
  • the processor 902 executes the program instructions stored in the memory 903 to implement the above functions, thereby implementing the communication method provided by the above embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, after the used BP is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine the frequency domain.
  • the second response response resource of the resource in the second BP after the handover so that the first response response may be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource, where the first response response is The response of the terminal device to the response of the first downlink information feedback.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which is used in a network device, where the network device is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 to implement the communication method provided by the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 includes a transceiver 1001, a processor 1002, and a memory 1003.
  • the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002, and the memory 1003 are connected to each other.
  • the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002, and the memory 1003 are connected to each other by a bus 1004.
  • the bus 1004 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 10, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the transceiver 1001 is configured to receive and transmit data to implement communication with other devices (such as terminal devices) in the mobile communication system.
  • the processor 1002 is configured to implement the communication method provided in the foregoing embodiment, including:
  • the transceiver 1001 Transmitting, by the transceiver 1001, first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate a first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first bandwidth part BP, and the The first response response resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
  • the transceiver 1001 Transmitting, by the transceiver 1001, the second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and The second response response resource is configured to carry the first response response.
  • the processor 1002 is specifically configured to: when the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP,
  • the transceiver 1001 And transmitting, by the transceiver 1001, a handover indication to the terminal device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
  • the processor 1002 when the processor 1002 sends the second information to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to:
  • the processor 1002 When the processor 1002 sends a handover indication to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to:
  • the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  • the processor 1002 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver 1001 After transmitting the second information to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, receiving, by the transceiver 1001, a binding response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device on the second response response resource Or a joint response.
  • processor 1002 is further configured to:
  • the number of the first response responses is transmitted to the terminal device by the transceiver 1001 before receiving the binding response fed back by the terminal device through the transceiver 1001.
  • the processor 1002 when the processor 1002 sends the number of the first response response to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, specifically, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to:
  • the third information carrying the number of the first response responses is sent to the terminal device by the transceiver 1001.
  • processor 1002 is further configured to:
  • a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format where the PUCCH format is the terminal device, before receiving, by the transceiver 1001, the joint response that is sent by the terminal device Used in sending the joint response
  • the PUCCH format is transmitted to the terminal device through the transceiver 1001.
  • processor 1002 is further configured to:
  • the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
  • processor 1002 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver device 1001 After the second information is sent to the terminal device by the transceiver 1001, the transceiver device 1001 receives the terminal device on each second response response resource in the at least one second response response resource. The first response response corresponding to each second response response resource is fed back.
  • the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource
  • the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
  • processor 1002 is further configured to:
  • the identifier of the first downlink information is sent to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001.
  • the processor 1002 when the processor 1002 sends the second information to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to:
  • processor 1002 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver 1001 Before the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP, sending, by the transceiver 1001, fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the third response response resource is used to carry the second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information. ;
  • the transceiver 1001 After the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP, the transceiver 1001 sends a fifth information to the terminal device, where the fifth information is used to indicate The fourth response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response.
  • the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second The set of time units each contain at least one time unit.
  • the memory 1003 is configured to store program instructions and the like.
  • program instructions may include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 1003 may include RAM and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage.
  • the processor 1002 executes the program instructions stored in the memory 1003 to implement the above functions, thereby implementing the communication method provided by the above embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device, after the network device notifies the terminal device to use the frequency domain resource to transmit the first response response in the first response response resource in the first BP, and then uplink the frequency domain of the terminal device.
  • the resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using a second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP.
  • the first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback.
  • the terminal device may determine the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the terminal response resource may be used on the second response response resource.
  • the network device feeds back the first response response.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. It may be the communication device for the terminal device in the above embodiment, for implementing the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes an antenna 1110, a radio frequency device 1120, and a baseband device 1130.
  • the antenna 1110 is connected to the radio frequency device 1120.
  • the radio frequency device 1120 receives the information transmitted by the network device through the antenna 1110, and transmits the information sent by the network device to the baseband device 1130 for processing.
  • the baseband device 1130 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the radio device 1120.
  • the radio device 1120 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the network device through the antenna 1110.
  • the baseband device 1130 can include a modem subsystem for effecting processing of various communication protocol layers of data.
  • a central processing subsystem may also be included for implementing processing of the terminal device operating system and the application layer.
  • other subsystems such as a multimedia subsystem, a peripheral subsystem, etc., may be included, wherein the multimedia subsystem is used to implement control of the terminal device camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to implement connection with other devices.
  • the modem subsystem can be a separately set chip.
  • the above terminal device can be implemented on the modem subsystem.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 11 are implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, such as a subsystem of baseband apparatus 1130, such as a modem subsystem, including processing element 1131 and storage element 1132, processing element 1131
  • the program stored by the storage element 1132 is invoked to perform the method performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the baseband device 1130 can also include an interface 1133 for interacting with the radio frequency device 1120.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 2 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the above terminal devices, the processing elements being disposed on a subsystem of the baseband device 1130, such as modulation On the demodulation subsystem, the processing elements herein may be integrated circuits, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, and the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 7 can be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the baseband device 1130 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method.
  • the processing element 1131 and the storage element 1132 may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal device or the function of each unit shown in FIG. 7 may be implemented by the processing element 1131 in the form of a stored program of the storage element 1132; or, the chip may be Integrating at least one integrated circuit for implementing the method performed by the above terminal device or the function of each unit shown in FIG. 7; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the function of the partial unit is implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of some units are It is realized in the form of an integrated circuit.
  • the terminal device described above comprises at least one processing element and a storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method performed by the terminal device provided by the above method embodiment.
  • the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment in a manner of executing the program stored in the storage element in a first manner; or in a second manner: by hardware in the processor element
  • the integrated logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instructions; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode. .
  • the processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • DSPs digital singnal processors
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the communication device for the network device in the above embodiment, for implementing the operation of the network device in the above embodiment.
  • the network device includes an antenna 1210, a radio frequency device 1220, and a baseband device 1230.
  • the antenna 1210 is coupled to the radio frequency device 1220.
  • the radio frequency device 1220 receives the information transmitted by the terminal device through the antenna 1210, and transmits the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 1230 for processing.
  • the baseband device 1230 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the radio device 1220.
  • the radio device 1220 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the terminal device through the antenna 1210.
  • the baseband device 1230 may be a physical device or may include at least two devices that are physically separated, for example, including a CU and at least one DU.
  • the DU can be integrated with the radio frequency device 1220 in one device or physically separated.
  • the baseband device 1230 is configured to perform protocol layer processing such as RRC, PDCP, RLC, MAC, and physical layer, and may The division between any two protocol layers is such that the baseband device comprises two physically separate devices for performing the processing of the respective responsible protocol layers. For example, it is divided between RRC and PDCP, and, for example, it can be divided between PDCP and RLC.
  • protocol layer may also be divided within the protocol layer, for example, a protocol layer part and a protocol layer above the protocol layer are divided into one device, and the remaining part of the protocol layer and the protocol layer below the protocol layer are divided into another device.
  • the above network device can be located on one of the physically separate at least two devices of the baseband device 1230.
  • the network device can include a plurality of baseband boards on which a plurality of processing elements can be integrated to achieve the desired functionality.
  • the baseband device 1230 can include at least one baseband board, and the above network device can be located in the baseband device 1230.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 8 are implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, such as the baseband device 1230 including the processing component 1231 and The storage element 1232, the processing element 1231 invokes a program stored by the storage element 1232 to perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the baseband device 1230 may further include an interface 1233 for interacting with the radio frequency device 1220, such as a common public radio interface (CPRI), when the baseband device 1230 and the radio frequency device 1220 are physically disposed.
  • the interface 1231 can be an intra-board interface, or an inter-board interface, where the board refers to a circuit board.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 8 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the network device above, the processing elements being disposed on baseband device 1230, where the processing elements may be An integrated circuit, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, and the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 8 can be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the baseband device 1230 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method.
  • the processing element 1231 and the storage element 1232 may be integrated within the chip, and the method performed by the above network device or the functions of the respective units shown in FIG. 8 may be implemented by the processing element 1231 invoking the stored program of the storage element 1232.
  • at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip for implementing the method performed by the above network device or the functions of the respective units shown in FIG.
  • the functions of the partial units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of the partial units are implemented by the form of an integrated circuit.
  • the above network device includes at least one processing element and storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method performed by the network device provided by the above method embodiments.
  • the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiment in a manner of executing the program stored in the storage element in a first manner; or in a second manner: through hardware in the processor element
  • the integrated logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instructions; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode. .
  • the processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • DSPs digital singnal processors
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and apparatus, in which, after the network device notifies the terminal device to use the frequency domain resource in the first BP, the first response response resource carries the first response response. And switching the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to use the second response response of the frequency domain resource in the second BP.
  • the resource carries the first response response.
  • the first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback.
  • the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is in the handover.
  • the second response within the second BP is responsive to the resource, such that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
  • embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product.
  • the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware.
  • the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Abstract

The present application discloses a communication method and a device, for solving the problem that a terminal device feeds back a response message in the case that a part of a bandwidth used by the terminal device is switched. According to this solution, the network device notifies the terminal device to carry a first response message by using a first response message resource of which the frequency domain resource is in a first BP; the network device switches an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to a second BP; and the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response message by using a second response message source of which the frequency domain resource is in the second BP. The first response message is a response message that the terminal device feeds back to a first downlink information. Through the above solution, after the BP used by the terminal device is switched, the terminal device may determine the second response message resource of which the frequency domain resource is in the second BP after the switching. Thereby, the first response message can be fed back to the network device on the second response message resource.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device
本申请要求于2017年06月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710459798.X、发明名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application, filed on Jun. 16, s.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信技术的迅速发展,在移动通信系统中,存在一些终端设备的带宽能力与网络侧的网络设备(例如基站)的带宽能力不同的现象,换而言之,所述终端设备的支持的最大带宽(如5兆赫兹(MHz))小于所述网络设备支持的系统带宽的频域宽度(20MHz)。其中,所述终端设备的带宽能力为该终端设备能够支持的最大的传输带宽的能力,所述最大带宽即为所述终端设备的带宽能力的具体表现。With the rapid development of mobile communication technologies, in mobile communication systems, there are phenomena in which the bandwidth capabilities of some terminal devices are different from the bandwidth capabilities of network devices (such as base stations) on the network side. In other words, the support of the terminal devices The maximum bandwidth (e.g., 5 megahertz (MHz)) is less than the frequency domain width (20 MHz) of the system bandwidth supported by the network device. The bandwidth capability of the terminal device is the capability of the maximum transmission bandwidth that the terminal device can support, and the maximum bandwidth is a specific performance of the bandwidth capability of the terminal device.
该移动通信系统中,所述终端设备可以在初始接入所述网络设备时,向所述网络设备上报该终端设备的带宽能力。所述网络设备可以通过以下步骤实现与所述终端设备之间通信:In the mobile communication system, the terminal device may report the bandwidth capability of the terminal device to the network device when initially accessing the network device. The network device can implement communication with the terminal device by the following steps:
所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置P个带宽部分(bandwidth part,BP),其中,每个BP规定的该BP的频域位置(从X MHz到Y MHz)和频域宽度((Y-X)MHz),且每个BP的频域宽度小于所述最大带宽;其中P为大于0的整数;The network device configures P bandwidth parts (BPs) for the terminal device, wherein each BP specifies a frequency domain location (from X MHz to Y MHz) and a frequency domain width ((YX) of the BP MHz), and the frequency domain width of each BP is less than the maximum bandwidth; wherein P is an integer greater than 0;
所述网络设备在所述BP中,为所述终端设备选择将要使用Q个目标BP,并将该目标BP通知给所述终端设备;其中Q为大于0且小于等于P的整数;The network device, in the BP, selects, for the terminal device, that Q target BPs are to be used, and notifies the target device to the terminal device; where Q is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to P;
所述网络设备在该目标BP中为所述终端设备进行资源分配,并基于分配的资源实现所述网络设备和所述终端设备之间的数据传输。The network device performs resource allocation for the terminal device in the target BP, and implements data transmission between the network device and the terminal device based on the allocated resources.
其中,每个BP为一段连续的频域资源。例如,一个BP可以包含连续或非连续的K子载波,或者包含不重叠的连续或非连续的M个资源块(Resource Block,RB)所在的频域资源,又或者包含不重叠的连续或非连续的N个资源块组(Resource Block Group,RBG)所在的频域资源;K、M,N均为大于0的整数。Each BP is a continuous frequency domain resource. For example, a BP may contain consecutive or non-contiguous K subcarriers, or frequency domain resources containing non-overlapping consecutive or non-contiguous M resource blocks (RBs), or non-overlapping contiguous or non-overlapping The frequency domain resources in which the consecutive N resource block groups (RBGs) are located; K, M, and N are integers greater than 0.
支持混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ)技术的该移动通信系统中,所述网络设备利用BP1向所述终端设备发送下行信息(包括承载在物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)的下行数据、承载在物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)中DCI等),并利用BP2接收所述终端设备对所述下行信息反馈的应答响应(Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement,ACK/NACK),即所述终端设备利用BP2反馈所述下行信息得到应答响应。In the mobile communication system supporting the Hybrid Automatic Repeat ReQuest (HARQ) technology, the network device uses the BP1 to send downlink information to the terminal device (including the physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel). The downlink data of the PDSCH is carried in the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) (DCI, etc.), and the response of the terminal equipment to the downlink information feedback is received by the BP2 (Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement, ACK/ NACK), that is, the terminal device uses BP2 to feed back the downlink information to obtain a response response.
然而,在该移动通信系统中,在所述网络设备发送下行信息后到所述终端设备发送应答响应之前,所述BP有可能会发生切换,例如所述网络设备指示所述终端设备使用的上行频域资源从BP2切换到BP3。在该情况下,终端设备如何反馈所述应答响应是一个亟待解决的问题。However, in the mobile communication system, after the downlink information is sent by the network device, before the terminal device sends a response, the BP may switch, for example, the network device indicates the uplink used by the terminal device. The frequency domain resources are switched from BP2 to BP3. In this case, how the terminal device feeds back the response response is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用以解决在终端设备使用的BP发生切换的情况下,所述终端设备反馈应答响应的问题。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus for solving the problem that the terminal device feeds back a response response when a BP used by a terminal device is switched.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,在该方法中包括以下步骤:In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which includes the following steps:
步骤1:终端设备从网络设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应;Step 1: The terminal device receives the first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first response The response resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
步骤2:所述终端设备在上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP时,从所述网络设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应;Step 2: The terminal device receives second information from the network device when the uplink frequency domain resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource. The frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response;
步骤3:所述终端设备在所述第二信息指示的所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应。Step 3: The terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource indicated by the second information.
采用上述方法,所述终端设备在使用的BP发生切换后,可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应,其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。According to the foregoing method, after the used BP is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is second after the handover. The second response in the BP is responsive to the resource, so that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource, where the first response response is the first The response response of the line information feedback.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备可以接收到多次第二信息,所述第二信息为在所述终端设备反馈所述第一应答响应之前最后一次接收的第二信息。In a possible design, the terminal device may receive the second information multiple times, and the second information is the second information that is received last time before the terminal device feeds back the first response.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一应答响应资源还包含时域资源和/或码域资源,相应的,所述第二应答响应资源也还包含时域资源和/或码域资源。In a possible design, the first response response resource further includes a time domain resource and/or a code domain resource, and correspondingly, the second response response resource further includes a time domain resource and/or a code domain resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述方法还包括以下步骤:所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收切换指示,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。In a possible design, the method further includes the following steps: the terminal device receives a handover indication from the network device, where the handover indication is used to indicate an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP Switch to the second BP.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以通过接收的所述切换指示,确定使用的BP从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。With this design, the terminal device can determine, by the received handover indication, that the used BP is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二信息和所述切换指示可以包含在一个DCI中传输。In one possible design, the second information and the handover indication may be included in one DCI transmission.
在该设计中,所述网络设备可以通过发送一个DCI,将所述第二信息和所述切换指示发送给所述终端设备,这样该设计可以节省所述网络设备的信令开销。In this design, the network device may send the second information and the handover indication to the terminal device by sending a DCI, so that the design may save signaling overhead of the network device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。In one possible design, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
在所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,通过该设计,所述终端设备通过一个第二应答响应资源反馈多个第一应答响应,从而可以提高资源的利用率。When the number of the first response responses is multiple, the terminal device feeds back multiple first response responses through a second response response resource, thereby improving resource utilization.
在一个可能的设计中,基于上述设计,当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,所述终端设备可以通过以下步骤,在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应:在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应的绑定响应或联合响应。In a possible design, based on the foregoing design, when the number of the first response responses is multiple, the terminal device may feed back the first response response on the second response response resource by using the following steps: Retrieving a binding response or a joint response of the first response response on the second response response resource.
在该设计中,当所述终端设备通过反馈绑定响应的方式反馈所述多个第一应答响应,可以节省信息开销。当所述终端设备通过反馈联合响应的方式反馈所述多个第一应答响应,可以提高传输效率,且所述网络设备通过所述联合响应可以准确地确定每个第一下行信息的第一应答响应。In this design, when the terminal device feeds back the multiple first response responses by means of feedback binding, the information overhead can be saved. When the terminal device feeds back the multiple first response responses by means of a feedback joint response, the transmission efficiency may be improved, and the network device may accurately determine the first of each first downlink information by using the joint response. Response response.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述绑定响应之前,还包括以下步骤:所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量,并可以但不限于采 用以下方法,根据所述第一应答响应的数量以及接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,生成所述绑定响应。In a possible design, before the terminal device feeds back the binding response on the second response response resource, the method further includes the following steps: the terminal device acquires the number of the first response response, and may However, the binding response is generated according to the number of the first response response and the number of the received first downlink information.
方法一:当所述终端设备接收一个第一下行信息需要反馈对应一个第一应答响应时,若所述终端设备确定接收的所述第一下行信息的数量小于所述第一应答响应的数量,则确定所述绑定响应为NACK;若所述终端设备确定接收的所述第一下行信息的数量等于所述第一应答响应的数量,则确定所述绑定响应为ACK;。Method 1: When the terminal device receives a first downlink information and needs to feed back a first response, if the terminal device determines that the number of the received first downlink information is smaller than the first response response And determining, by the quantity, that the binding response is a NACK; if the terminal device determines that the quantity of the received first downlink information is equal to the number of the first response, determining that the binding response is an ACK;
方法二:当所述终端设备接收一个第一下行信息需要反馈n个(n大于或等于2)第一应答响应时,所述终端设备根据接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,确定应该反馈的第一应答响应的数量;若所述终端设备确定应该反馈的第一应答响应的数量小于所述第一应答响应的数量,则确定所述绑定响应为NACK;若所述终端设备确定应该反馈的第一应答响应的数量等于所述第一应答响应的数量,则确定所述绑定响应为ACK。Method 2: When the terminal device receives a first downlink information and needs to feed back n (n is greater than or equal to 2) the first response, the terminal device determines, according to the received quantity of the first downlink information, The number of first response responses that should be fed back; if the terminal device determines that the number of first response responses that should be fed back is less than the number of the first response responses, determining that the binding response is NACK; Determining that the number of first response responses that should be fed back is equal to the number of the first response responses, then determining that the binding response is an ACK.
方法三:所述终端设备可以根据接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,生成对接收的所述第一下行信息反馈的第一数量的第一应答响应(为ACK);其中,所述第一数量为:接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,或n*接收的所述第一下行信息的数量;Method 3: The terminal device may generate a first number of first response responses (which are ACKs) that are fed back to the received first downlink information according to the received quantity of the first downlink information. The first quantity is: the number of the received first downlink information, or the number of the first downlink information received by n*;
所述终端设备生成第二数量的为NACK的第一应答响应,所述第二数量=所述第一应答响应的数量-所述第一数量;The terminal device generates a second number of first response responses that are NACKs, the second number = the number of the first response responses - the first number;
所述终端设备对所述第一数量的第一应答响应(ACK)和所述第二数量的第一应答响应(NACK)进行绑定处理,例如进行逻辑与处理,生成所述绑定响应,其中,当所述第二数量为0时,所述绑定响应为ACK,当所述第二数量不为0时,所述绑定响应为NACK。The terminal device performs binding processing on the first number of first response responses (ACKs) and the second number of first response responses (NACKs), for example, performing logical processing and generating the binding response, The binding response is ACK when the second quantity is 0, and the binding response is NACK when the second quantity is not 0.
通过该方法,所述终端设备生成的所述绑定响应可以准确地反映所述第一下行信息的传输结果。Through the method, the binding response generated by the terminal device can accurately reflect the transmission result of the first downlink information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量,包括:In a possible design, the terminal device acquires the number of the first response, including:
所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第一应答响应的数量。The terminal device receives the number of the first response responses from the network device.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以确定所述第一应答响应的数量,从而可以准确地生成所述绑定响应。With this design, the terminal device can determine the number of the first response responses so that the binding response can be accurately generated.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收携带所述第一应答响应的数量的第三信息。所述第三信息可以为高层信令,例如系统消息块(System Information Block,SIB)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)、媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE),也可以是动态信令,例如DCI。可选的,当所述第三信息为DCI时,所述DCI可以为上述实施例中携带所述第二信息和所述切换指示的DCI,这样,可以进一步节省所述网络设备的信令开销。In one possible design, the terminal device receives, from the network device, third information that carries the number of the first response responses. The third information may be high layer signaling, such as a system information block (SIB), a radio resource control (RRC), and a media access control (MAC) control element (Control Element). , CE), can also be dynamic signaling, such as DCI. Optionally, when the third information is the DCI, the DCI may be the DCI that carries the second information and the handover indication in the foregoing embodiment, so that the signaling overhead of the network device may be further saved. .
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备可以通过以下步骤在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述联合响应:In a possible design, the terminal device may feed back the joint response on the second response response resource by the following steps:
所述终端设备获取物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format,其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的;然后,所述终端设备根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应,并根据所述第一应答响应,生成所述联合响应;最后,所述终端设备可以根据所述PUCCH format,在所述第二应答响应资源上发送所述联合响应。The terminal device acquires a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when transmitting the joint response; and then, the terminal device is configured according to the received first downlink And determining, according to the first response, the joint response, and finally, the terminal device may send the Joint response.
例如,在所述终端设备根据所述PUCCH format,在所述第二应答响应资源上发送所述联合响应时,所述终端设备根据所述PUCCH format,对所述联合响应进行调制、时域 和/或频域正交化处理;然后,所述终端设备将调制后的信息映射到所述第二应答响应资源的时频资源上,发送给所述网络设备。For example, when the terminal device sends the joint response on the second response response resource according to the PUCCH format, the terminal device modulates, time domain, and the joint response according to the PUCCH format. And/or frequency domain orthogonalization processing; then, the terminal device maps the modulated information to the time-frequency resource of the second response response resource, and sends the information to the network device.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以成功地将所述联合响应在所述第二应答响应资源上发送。With this design, the terminal device can successfully transmit the joint response on the second response response resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备可以对多个第一应答响应进行组合处理,生成一个联合响应。所述联合响应中包含所述多个第一应答响应,因此,所述终端设备通过反馈所述联合响应反馈所述多个第一应答响应,可以节省资源开销,且所述网络设备通过所述联合响应,可以准确地确定每个第一下行信息的第一应答响应。In a possible design, the terminal device may combine the multiple first response responses to generate a joint response. The joint response includes the multiple first response responses. Therefore, the terminal device may save the resource overhead by feeding back the multiple response by feeding back the joint response, and the network device passes the The joint response can accurately determine the first response response of each of the first downlink information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备可以通过以下两种方式,获取所述PUCCH format:In a possible design, the terminal device can obtain the PUCCH format in the following two ways:
第一种方式:所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述PUCCH format;The first mode: the terminal device receives the PUCCH format from the network device;
第二种方式:所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量,并根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定所述PUCCH format。The second mode: the terminal device acquires the number of the first response responses, and determines the PUCCH format according to the number of the first response responses.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以准确地获取所述PUCCH format。With this design, the terminal device can accurately acquire the PUCCH format.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备在生成所述联合响应时,可以根据从所述网络设备根据所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,生成所述联合响应。In a possible design, when the terminal device generates the joint response, the joint response may be generated according to a location in the codebook according to the first response response from the network device.
通过该设计,所述终端设备在生成所述联合响应时,可以按照所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,确定每个第一应答响应在所述联合响应中的位置,从而可以准确地得到所述联合响应。With the design, when the terminal device generates the joint response, the location of each first response response in the joint response may be determined according to the location of the first response response in the codebook, so that the terminal device can accurately The combined response is obtained.
在一个可能的设计中,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识,或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。当所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识时,所述终端设备可以根据所述第一下行信息的标识,在下行信息的标识和下行信息的应答响应在码本中的位置的对应关系中,确定所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置。In one possible design, the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook. When the codebook information is the identifier of the first downlink information, the terminal device may respond to the identifier of the downlink information and the response of the downlink information in the codebook according to the identifier of the first downlink information. In the correspondence of the locations, the location of the first response response in the codebook is determined.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。In a possible design, the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以实现分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,反馈每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。Through the design, the terminal device may implement, on each second response response resource, feed back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource.
在一个可能的设计中,基于上述设计,所述终端设备可以通过以下方法,在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应:所述终端设备根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应;然后,所述终端设备分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,反馈每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。In a possible design, based on the foregoing design, the terminal device may feed back the first response response on the second response response resource by: the terminal device according to the received first And determining, by the line information, the first response response. Then, the terminal device feeds back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以实现分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,反馈每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应,这样,所述网络设备可以直接确定每个第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应。With the design, the terminal device can implement a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource, so that the network device can directly determine each first The first response response corresponding to the row information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置,或所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的索引;In a possible design, the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource, or an index of the at least one second response response resource;
其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置可以有以下两种表示方式:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses may be expressed in the following two manners:
第一种表示方式:所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;a first representation manner: an offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response;
第二种表示方式:所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。The second representation manner is: an offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以根据所述第二信息准确地确定所述至少一个第二应答响应资源。With the design, the terminal device can accurately determine the at least one second response response resource according to the second information.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置需要的第一比特数小于所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的索引需要的第二比特数时,所述第二信息可以包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置。当所述第二比特数小于所述第一比特数时,所述第二信息可以包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的索引。这样,可以降低所述第二信息的信息开销。In a possible design, when the first bit number required for the offset of the at least one second response response resource is smaller than the second number of bits required by the index of the at least one second response response resource, the second The information can include an offset of the at least one second response response resource. When the second number of bits is smaller than the first number of bits, the second information may include an index of the at least one second response response resource. In this way, the information overhead of the second information can be reduced.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应之前,还包括以下步骤:In a possible design, before the terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource, the method further includes the following steps:
所述终端设备在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置;Determining, by the terminal device, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information;
所述终端设备根据每个第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源,和每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源。Determining, by the terminal device, the second response response corresponding to each first response response according to the first response response resource corresponding to each first response response and the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response Resources.
在该设计中,所述终端设备可以准确地确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在每个第二应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源上发送该第一应答响应,可以避免第一应答响应在错误的第二应答响应资源上发送。In the design, the terminal device can accurately determine the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, so that the first response response can be sent on the second response response resource corresponding to each second response response. The first response response can be prevented from being sent on the erroneous second response response resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备可以通过以下步骤,在所述第二信息中,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置:In a possible design, the terminal device may determine, in the second information, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the following steps:
所述终端设备从所述网络设备获取所述第一下行信息的标识;Obtaining, by the terminal device, an identifier of the first downlink information from the network device;
所述终端设备根据所述第一下行信息的标识,在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置。And determining, by the terminal device, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information according to the identifier of the first downlink information.
由于所述网络设备在确定所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置后,可以根据所述第一下行信息的标识,部署每个第二应答响应资源的偏置所在的域或第二信息的位置。这样,所述终端设备也可以通过所述第一下行信息的标识,准确地确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置。After the network device determines the offset of the at least one second response response resource, the domain in which the offset of each second response response resource is located or the second may be deployed according to the identifier of the first downlink information. The location of the information. In this way, the terminal device can accurately determine the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the identifier of the first downlink information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备可以根据所述终端设备的无线网络临时标识RNTI,从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息。In a possible design, the terminal device may receive the second information from the network device according to the wireless network temporary identifier RNTI of the terminal device.
这样,所述网络设备可以发送多个第二信息,每个第二信息指示一个或多个终端设备的一个或多个第二应答响应资源,所述终端设备使用网络设备配置的RNTI,只接收属于自己的一个或多个第二信息,而不接收不属于自己的第二信息,从而可以降低所述终端设备盲检所述第二信息的复杂度。In this way, the network device may send a plurality of second information, each second information indicating one or more second response response resources of one or more terminal devices, the terminal device receiving only the RNTI configured by the network device One or more second information belonging to oneself does not receive the second information that does not belong to oneself, so that the complexity of blindly checking the second information by the terminal device can be reduced.
在一个可能的设计中,所述方法还包括以下步骤:In one possible design, the method further includes the following steps:
所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应;The terminal device receives fourth information from the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the The third response response resource is configured to carry a second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information.
所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应;The terminal device receives the fifth information from the network device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, And the fourth response response resource is configured to carry the second response response;
所述终端设备在所述第四应答响应资源上反馈所述第二应答响应。The terminal device feeds back the second response response on the fourth response response resource.
通过该设计,移动通信系统可以对下行信息进行分组,对不同组的下行信息的反馈的 应答响应使用不同的应答响应资源,从而提高所述移动通信系统反馈应答响应的灵活性,且每组的下行信息的应答响应占用一个应答响应资源,可以提高资源的利用率。Through the design, the mobile communication system can group the downlink information, and the response responses to the feedback of the different groups of downlink information use different response response resources, thereby improving the flexibility of the feedback response of the mobile communication system, and each group of The response of the downlink information occupies a response response resource, which can improve the utilization of resources.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一下行信息为第一时间时间单元集合中的下行信息;第二下行信息为第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。可选的,所述时间单元可以为系统帧、子帧、时隙、微时隙、时隙聚合、微时隙聚合等。另外,所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合包含的时间单元数量可以相同,也可以不同。In a possible design, the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the The second set of time units each include at least one time unit. Optionally, the time unit may be a system frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a slot aggregation, a minislot aggregation, or the like. In addition, the number of time units included in the first time unit set and the second time unit set may be the same or different.
通过该设计,移动通信系统可以根据时间单元对下行信息进行分组,提高了对下行信息进行分组的灵活性。Through this design, the mobile communication system can group the downlink information according to the time unit, and the flexibility of grouping the downlink information is improved.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,在该方法中包括以下步骤:In a second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which includes the following steps:
步骤1:网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一带宽部分BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应;Step 1: The network device sends the first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first bandwidth part BP, and the The response response resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information.
步骤2:所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP;Step 2: The network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP.
步骤3:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应。Step 3: The network device sends the second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP. And the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response.
所述网络设备在通知终端设备利用频域资源在第一BP内的第一应答响应资源承载第一应答响应后,将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP,然后所述网络设备继续通知所述终端设备利用频域资源在所述第二BP内的第二应答响应资源承载所述第一应答响应。其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。通过上述方法,所述终端设备在使用的BP发生切换后,可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。After the network device notifies the terminal device to use the frequency domain resource to transmit the first response response in the first response response resource in the first BP, the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using a second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP. The first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback. After the switching of the used BP, the terminal device may determine the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the terminal response resource may be used on the second response response resource. The network device feeds back the first response response.
在一个可能的设计中,所述网络设备可以通过向所述终端设备发送切换指示,实现将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP,其中,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。In a possible design, the network device may switch the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP by sending a handover indication to the terminal device, where The handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
通过该设计中,所述网络设备可以通过所述切换指示,通知所述终端设备使用的BP已发生切换,实现对所述终端设备使用的BP进行配置。In this design, the network device may notify the BP used by the terminal device that the BP has been switched by using the handover indication, and implement configuring the BP used by the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述网络设备可以通过发送一个DCI,将所述第二信息和所述切换指示发送给所述终端设备,这样该设计可以节省所述网络设备的信令开销。In a possible design, the network device may send the second information and the handover indication to the terminal device by sending a DCI, so that the design may save signaling overhead of the network device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。In one possible design, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
在所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,通过该设计,所述终端设备通过一个第二应答响应资源反馈多个第一应答响应,从而可以提高资源的利用率。When the number of the first response responses is multiple, the terminal device feeds back multiple first response responses through a second response response resource, thereby improving resource utilization.
在一个可能的设计中,基于上述设计,当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息之后,所述网络设备在所述第二应答响应资源上接收所述终端设备反馈的所述第一应答响应的绑定响应或联合响应。In a possible design, based on the above design, when the number of the first response responses is multiple, after the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the network device is in the second Receiving a binding response or a joint response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device on the response response resource.
在该设计中,当所述终端设备通过反馈绑定响应的方式反馈所述多个第一应答响应,可以节省信息开销。当所述终端设备通过反馈联合响应的方式反馈所述多个第一应答响应,可以提高传输效率,且所述网络设备通过所述联合响应可以准确地确定每个第一下行信息 的第一应答响应。In this design, when the terminal device feeds back the multiple first response responses by means of feedback binding, the information overhead can be saved. When the terminal device feeds back the multiple first response responses by means of a feedback joint response, the transmission efficiency may be improved, and the network device may accurately determine the first of each first downlink information by using the joint response. Response response.
在一个可能的设计中,所述网络设备在接收所述终端设备反馈的所述绑定响应之前,还需要向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量。In a possible design, before receiving the binding response fed back by the terminal device, the network device further needs to send the number of the first response response to the terminal device.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以根据所述第一应答响应的数量以及接收所述第一下行信息的情况,生成可以准确地反映所述第一下行信息的传输结果的所述绑定响应。With the design, the terminal device may generate the binding that can accurately reflect the transmission result of the first downlink information according to the number of the first response and the case of receiving the first downlink information. response.
在一个可能的设计中,所述网络设备可以通过第三信息,向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量。所述第三信息可以为高层信令,例如系统消息块(System Information Block,SIB)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)、媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE),也可以是动态信令,例如DCI。可选的,当所述第三信息为DCI时,所述DCI可以为上述实施例中携带所述第二信息和所述切换指示的DCI,这样,可以进一步节省所述网络设备的信令开销。In a possible design, the network device may send the number of the first response responses to the terminal device by using the third information. The third information may be high layer signaling, such as a system information block (SIB), a radio resource control (RRC), and a media access control (MAC) control element (Control Element). , CE), can also be dynamic signaling, such as DCI. Optionally, when the third information is the DCI, the DCI may be the DCI that carries the second information and the handover indication in the foregoing embodiment, so that the signaling overhead of the network device may be further saved. .
在一个可能的设计中,在所述网络设备接收到所述绑定响应后,还包括:In a possible design, after the network device receives the binding response, the method further includes:
当所述绑定响应为ACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备成功接收到所述第一下行信息;When the binding response is an ACK, the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the first downlink information;
当所述应答响应为NACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备未成功接收到所有所述第一下行信息,然后,对所述第一下行信息进行重传。When the response is a NACK, the network device determines that the terminal device has not successfully received all the first downlink information, and then retransmits the first downlink information.
通过该设计,所述网络设备可以根据所述绑定响应,确定所述第一下行信息的传输情况。With the design, the network device can determine the transmission status of the first downlink information according to the binding response.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述网络设备接收所述终端设备反馈的所述联合响应之前,所述方法还包括以下步骤:In a possible design, before the network device receives the joint response fed back by the terminal device, the method further includes the following steps:
所述网络设备根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format,并向所述终端设备发送所述PUCCH format,其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的。Determining, by the network device, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format according to the number of the first response, and sending the PUCCH format to the terminal device, where the PUCCH format is that the terminal device is transmitting the Used in conjunction with the response.
由于不同的PUCCH format的容量和复用能力不同,且容量和复用能力与所述终端设备需要发送的信息量(例如所述第一应答响应的数量)有关,因此,所述网络设备可以确定符合所述终端设备需要发送的所述第一应答响应的数量的PUCCH format,并将所述PUCCH format发送给所述终端设备,以使所述终端设备可以根据所述PUCCH format,在所述第二应答响应资源上发送所述联合响应。Since the capacity and multiplexing capability of different PUCCH formats are different, and the capacity and multiplexing capability are related to the amount of information that the terminal device needs to send (for example, the number of the first response responses), the network device may determine Corresponding to the PUCCH format of the number of the first response that the terminal device needs to send, and sending the PUCCH format to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be according to the PUCCH format, in the The joint response is sent on the second response response resource.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述网络设备接收所述终端设备反馈的所述联合响应之前,In a possible design, before the network device receives the joint response fed back by the terminal device,
所述网络设备还需要向所述终端设备发送码本信息,所述码本信息指示所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置。The network device also needs to send codebook information to the terminal device, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook.
通过该设计,接收所述码本信息的所述终端设备在生成所述联合响应时,可以按照所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,确定每个第一应答响应在所述联合响应中的位置,从而可以准确地得到所述联合响应。With the design, the terminal device that receives the codebook information may determine, according to the location of the first response response in the codebook, the first response response in the joint response when generating the joint response. The location in the middle so that the combined response can be accurately obtained.
在一个可能的设计中,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识,或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。In one possible design, the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
在一个可能的设计中,所述网络设备在所述联合响应中确定每个第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应后,所述方法还包括:In a possible design, after the determining, by the network device, the first response response corresponding to each first downlink information in the joint response, the method further includes:
当目标第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应为ACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备成功接收到所述目标第一下行信息,其中,所述目标第一下行信息为所述第一下行信息 中的一个;When the first response response corresponding to the target first downlink information is ACK, the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the target first downlink information, where the target first downlink information is One of the first downlink information;
当所述目标第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应为NACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备未成功接收到所述目标第一下行信息,然后,对所述目标第一下行信息进行重传。When the first response response corresponding to the target first downlink information is NACK, the network device determines that the terminal device does not successfully receive the target first downlink information, and then first targets the target The line information is retransmitted.
通过该设计,所述网络设备可以根据所述绑定响应,确定所述第一下行信息的传输情况。With the design, the network device can determine the transmission status of the first downlink information according to the binding response.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。In a possible design, the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以实现分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,反馈每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。Through the design, the terminal device may implement, on each second response response resource, feed back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息之后,所述网络设备分别在所述至少一个第二应答响应资源中每个第二应答响应资源上,接收所述终端设备反馈的每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。In a possible design, after the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the network device receives the second response response resource in each of the at least one second response response resource, respectively. Determining, by the terminal device, a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource.
通过该设计中,所述网络设备可以分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,得到每个第一应答响应。Through the design, the network device can obtain each first response response on each second response response resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置,或所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的索引;In a possible design, the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource, or an index of the at least one second response response resource;
其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置可以有以下两种表示方式:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses may be expressed in the following two manners:
第一种表示方式:所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;a first representation manner: an offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response;
第二种表示方式:所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。The second representation manner is: an offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
通过该设计,所述终端设备可以根据所述第二信息准确地确定所述至少一个第二应答响应资源。With the design, the terminal device can accurately determine the at least one second response response resource according to the second information.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之后,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行信息的标识。In a possible design, after the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, the network device sends the The identifier of a downlink message.
由于所述网络设备在确定所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置后,可以根据所述第一下行信息的标识,部署每个第二应答响应资源的偏置所在的域或第二信息的位置。这样,所述终端设备也可以通过所述第一下行信息的标识,准确地确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置。After the network device determines the offset of the at least one second response response resource, the domain in which the offset of each second response response resource is located or the second may be deployed according to the identifier of the first downlink information. The location of the information. In this way, the terminal device can accurately determine the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the identifier of the first downlink information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息,包括:In a possible design, the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, including:
所述网络设备根据为所述终端设备配置的无线网络临时标识RNTI,向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息。The network device sends the second information to the terminal device according to a radio network temporary identifier RNTI configured for the terminal device.
通过该设计,所述网络设备可以发送多个第二信息,每个第二信息指示一个或多个终端设备的一个或多个第二应答响应资源,所述终端设备使用网络设备配置的RNTI,只接收属于自己的一个或多个第二信息,而不接收不属于自己的第二信息,从而可以降低所述终端设备盲检所述第二信息的复杂度。With the design, the network device may send a plurality of second information, each of the second information indicating one or more second response response resources of the one or more terminal devices, the terminal device using the RNTI configured by the network device, Only one or more second information belonging to oneself is received, and the second information that does not belong to itself is received, so that the complexity of blindly checking the second information by the terminal device can be reduced.
在一个可能的设计中,所述网络设备在接收到的第一应答响应中,确定每个第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应后,所述方法还包括:In a possible design, after determining, by the network device, the first response response corresponding to each first downlink information, the method further includes:
当目标第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应为ACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备成功接收到所述目标第一下行信息,其中,所述目标第一下行信息为所述第一下行信息 中的一个;When the first response response corresponding to the target first downlink information is ACK, the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the target first downlink information, where the target first downlink information is One of the first downlink information;
当所述目标第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应为NACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备未成功接收到所述目标第一下行信息,然后,对所述目标第一下行信息进行重传。When the first response response corresponding to the target first downlink information is NACK, the network device determines that the terminal device does not successfully receive the target first downlink information, and then first targets the target The line information is retransmitted.
通过该设计,所述网络设备可以接收的每个第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应,确定每个第一下行信息的传输情况。Through the design, the first response response corresponding to each first downlink information that the network device can receive determines the transmission status of each first downlink information.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之前,所述网络设备还可以向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应;In a possible design, the network device may further send the first device to the terminal device before the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP. The fourth information is used to indicate the third response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the third response response resource is used to carry the terminal The device responds to the second response of the second downlink information;
在所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之后,所述网络设备还可以向所述终端设备发送第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应。After the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, the network device may further send fifth information, the fifth, to the terminal device. The information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response.
通过该设计,移动通信系统可以对下行信息进行分组,对不同组的下行信息的反馈的应答响应使用不同的应答响应资源,从而提高所述移动通信系统反馈应答响应的灵活性,且每组的下行信息的应答响应占用一个应答响应资源,可以提高资源的利用率。Through the design, the mobile communication system can group the downlink information, and the response responses to the feedback of the different groups of downlink information use different response response resources, thereby improving the flexibility of the feedback response of the mobile communication system, and each group of The response of the downlink information occupies a response response resource, which can improve the utilization of resources.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一下行信息为第一时间时间单元集合中的下行信息;第二下行信息为第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。可选的,所述时间单元可以为系统帧、子帧、时隙、微时隙、时隙聚合、微时隙聚合等。另外,所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合包含的时间单元数量可以相同,也可以不同。In a possible design, the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the The second set of time units each include at least one time unit. Optionally, the time unit may be a system frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a slot aggregation, a minislot aggregation, or the like. In addition, the number of time units included in the first time unit set and the second time unit set may be the same or different.
通过该设计,移动通信系统可以根据时间单元对下行信息进行分组,提高了对下行信息进行分组的灵活性。Through this design, the mobile communication system can group the downlink information according to the time unit, and the flexibility of grouping the downlink information is improved.
第三方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,用于终端设备,包括:包括用于执行以上第一方面各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication device for a terminal device, comprising: a unit or means for performing the steps of the above first aspect.
第四方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,用于网络设备,包括:包括用于执行以上第二方面各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In a fourth aspect, the application provides a communication device for a network device, comprising: a unit or means for performing the steps of the second aspect above.
第五方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,用于终端设备,包括至少一个处理元件和至少一个存储元件,其中所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序和数据,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行本申请第一方面种提供的方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication device for a terminal device comprising at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein the at least one storage element is for storing programs and data, and the at least one processing element is for The method provided by the first aspect of the application is performed.
第六方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,用于网络设备,包括至少一个处理元件和至少一个存储元件,其中所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序和数据,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行本申请第二方面种提供的方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device for a network device comprising at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein the at least one storage element is for storing programs and data, and the at least one processing element is for The method provided by the second aspect of the present application is performed.
第七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,用于终端设备包括用于执行以上第一方面的方法的至少一个处理元件(或芯片)。In a seventh aspect, the application provides a communication device for a terminal device comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above first aspect.
第八方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,用于网络设备,包括用于执行以上第二方面的方法的至少一个处理元件(或芯片)。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication device for a network device, comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above second aspect.
第九方面,本申请提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于执行以上任一方面的方法。In a ninth aspect, the application provides a program for performing the method of any of the above aspects when executed by a processor.
第十方面,本申请提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括第五方面的程 序。In a tenth aspect, the application provides a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, comprising the program of the fifth aspect.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种移动通信系统,在所述移动通信系统中包括终端设备和网络设备。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a mobile communication system, where the mobile communication system includes a terminal device and a network device.
在本申请实施例提供的方案中,在网络设备通知终端设备利用频域资源在第一BP内的第一应答响应资源承载第一应答响应后,将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP,然后所述网络设备继续通知所述终端设备利用频域资源在所述第二BP内的第二应答响应资源承载所述第一应答响应。其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。通过上述方案,在所述终端设备使用的BP发生切换后,所述终端设备可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。In the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, after the network device notifies the terminal device that the first response response resource in the first BP is used to carry the first response response by using the frequency domain resource, the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is removed from the device. The first BP switches to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using the second response response resource in the second BP by using the frequency domain resource. The first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback. After the BP used by the terminal device is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is in the handover. The second response within the second BP is responsive to the resource, such that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种移动通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图;2 is a flowchart of a first communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程图;3 is a flowchart of a second communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法的流程图;4 is a flowchart of a third communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a fourth communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第五种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a fifth communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信装置的结构图;FIG. 7 is a structural diagram of a first communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信装置的结构图;FIG. 8 is a structural diagram of a second communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信装置的结构图;FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a third communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的第四种通信装置的结构图;FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of a fourth communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用以解决在终端设备使用的带宽部分发生切换的情况下,所述终端设备反馈应答响应的问题。其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus for solving the problem of the terminal device feeding back a response response in the case where a part of the bandwidth used by the terminal device is switched. The method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
本申请实施例提供的方案中,在网络设备通知终端设备利用频域资源在第一BP内的第一应答响应资源承载第一应答响应后,将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP,然后所述网络设备继续通知所述终端设备利用频域资源在所述第二BP内的第二应答响应资源承载所述第一应答响应。其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。通过上述方案,在所述终端设备使用的BP发生切换后,所述终端设备可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。In the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, after the network device notifies the terminal device that the first response response resource in the first BP is used to carry the first response response by using the frequency domain resource, the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is The first BP switches to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP. The first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback. After the BP used by the terminal device is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is in the handover. The second response within the second BP is responsive to the resource, such that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
以下,对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some of the terms in the present application will be explained to be understood by those skilled in the art.
1)网络设备,是网络中将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备。所述网络设备为无线接入网中的节点,又可以称为基站,还可以称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。目前,一些网络设备的举例为:gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。另外,在一种网络结构中,所述网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点。这种结构将长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中eNB的协议层拆分开,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU。1) A network device is a device in a network that connects a terminal device to a wireless network. The network device is a node in the radio access network, and may also be referred to as a base station, and may also be referred to as a radio access network (RAN) node (or device). Currently, some examples of network devices are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), and Node B (Node). B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit , BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP). In addition, in a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node. This structure separates the protocol layer of the eNB in the long term evolution (LTE) system, and the functions of some protocol layers are centrally controlled in the CU, and the functions of the remaining part or all of the protocol layers are distributed in the DU by the CU. Centrally control the DU.
2)终端设备,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。2) Terminal equipment, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a kind of voice and/or data connectivity provided to users. Devices, for example, handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, and the like. Currently, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality. (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and the like.
3)BP,为一段连续或非连续的频域资源。例如,一个BP可以包含连续或非连续的K子载波,或者包含不重叠的连续或非连续的M个RB所在的频域资源,又或者包含不重叠的连续或非连续的N个RBG所在的频域资源;K、M,N均为大于0的整数。BP还可以成为带宽资源、频率资源、频率资源部分、部分频率资源或者其它名称,本申请不做限制。3) BP is a continuous or non-contiguous frequency domain resource. For example, a BP may include consecutive or non-contiguous K subcarriers, or frequency domain resources containing non-overlapping consecutive or non-contiguous M RBs, or containing non-overlapping consecutive or non-contiguous N RBGs. Frequency domain resources; K, M, N are integers greater than zero. The BP may also be a bandwidth resource, a frequency resource, a frequency resource part, a partial frequency resource, or other names, which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备在与网络设备进行通信时,需要在所述网络设备为其配置的BP内传输。所述网络设备在为终端设备配置频域资源时,可以针对所述终端设备的上行信息传输和下行信息传输分别配置不同的频域资源,或者可以不区分上下行,针对所述终端设备的信息传输配置频域资源,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device communicates with the network device, it needs to be transmitted in the BP configured by the network device. When configuring the frequency domain resource for the terminal device, the network device may separately configure different frequency domain resources for the uplink information transmission and the downlink information transmission of the terminal device, or may not distinguish between uplink and downlink, and information for the terminal device. The configuration of the frequency domain resource is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
例如,所述网络设备为所述终端设备的下行信息传输配置的下行频域资源为BP1,而为所述终端设备的上行信息传输配置的上行频域资源为BP2。For example, the downlink frequency domain resource configured by the network device for downlink information transmission of the terminal device is BP1, and the uplink frequency domain resource configured for uplink information transmission of the terminal device is BP2.
又例如,所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的上行(和下行)频域资源为BP1。For another example, the uplink (and downlink) frequency domain resource configured by the network device for the terminal device is BP1.
4)应答响应,用于通知信息的发送设备(如网络设备)所述信号的传输结果,即所述传输结果为所述信号的接收设备(如终端设备)是否成功接收所述信息。所述应答响应可以为ACK(如1)或NACK(如0)。当所述应答响应为ACK时,表示所述接收设备成功接收到所述信息;当所述应答响应为NACK时,表示所述接收设备未成功接收到所述信息。4) A response response, a transmission result of the signal used by the transmitting device (such as a network device) for notifying the information, that is, whether the receiving device (such as the terminal device) whose transmission result is the signal successfully receives the information. The response response may be ACK (eg 1) or NACK (eg 0). When the response response is ACK, it indicates that the receiving device successfully receives the information; when the response response is NACK, it indicates that the receiving device does not successfully receive the information.
例如,在采用HARQ技术的移动通信系统中,接收设备在一个HARQ进程内,根据是否成功接收到发送设备发送的信息生成针对所述信息的应答响应,并发送给所述发送设备,从而可以通知所述发送设备所述信息的传输结果,进而使所述发送设备可以根据所述 应答响应确定所述信息是否重传。这样,在所述移动通信系统中的信号的接收设备通过向发送设备发送应答响应,可以实现所述移动通信系统中信息传输的可靠性。For example, in a mobile communication system employing the HARQ technology, the receiving device generates a response response to the information according to whether the information transmitted by the transmitting device is successfully received in a HARQ process, and sends the response to the information, so that the receiving device can notify And transmitting, by the sending device, the transmission result of the information, so that the sending device may determine, according to the response response, whether the information is retransmitted. Thus, the receiving device of the signal in the mobile communication system can realize the reliability of information transmission in the mobile communication system by transmitting a response to the transmitting device.
5)多个应答响应的绑定响应,为移动通信系统中的多个信息的接收设备(如终端设备)对所述多个信息的多个应答响应进行绑定生成的。因此,一个所述绑定响应可以指示所述多个信息的传输结果。5) Binding responses of multiple response responses are generated by binding a plurality of response responses of the plurality of information to a receiving device (eg, a terminal device) of a plurality of information in the mobile communication system. Therefore, one of the binding responses may indicate a transmission result of the plurality of information.
在所述终端设备将所述多个应答响应进行绑定时,所述终端设备可以采用的一定的逻辑算法,对所述多个应答响应进行逻辑运算,生成一个绑定响应。所述逻辑运算可以包括以下至少一项:逻辑与、逻辑或、逻辑非。When the terminal device binds the multiple response responses, the terminal device may perform a logical operation on the multiple response responses by using a certain logic algorithm to generate a binding response. The logical operation may include at least one of the following: logical AND, logical OR, logical non.
例如,在移动通信系统中的网络设备向终端设备发送了4个信息的场景中:For example, in a scenario where a network device in a mobile communication system transmits four pieces of information to a terminal device:
在所述终端设备接收到所述4个信息时,所述终端设备可以确定所述4个信息的应答响应均为ACK,所述终端设备对确定的4个应答响应进行逻辑与运算,ACK&ACK&ACK&ACK=ACK,从而可以确定所述4个应答响应的绑定响应为ACK。所述绑定响应用于通知所述网络设备所述4个信息传输成功,无需对所述4个信息进行重传。When the terminal device receives the four pieces of information, the terminal device may determine that the response response of the four pieces of information is ACK, and the terminal device performs logical AND operation on the determined four response responses, and ACK & ACK & ACK & ACK = ACK, so that the binding response of the four response responses can be determined as ACK. The binding response is used to notify the network device that the four information transmissions are successful, and the four pieces of information need not be retransmitted.
在所述终端设备接收到所述4个信息中的3个信息时,所述终端设备可以确定所述4个信息的应答响应包括3个ACK和1个NACK,所述终端设备对确定的4个应答响应进行逻辑与运算,ACK&ACK&ACK&NACK=NACK,从而可以确定所述4个应答响应的绑定响应为NACK。所述绑定响应用于通知所述网络设备所述4个信息中存在传输失败的信息,所述网络设备可以对所述4个信息进行重传。When the terminal device receives three of the four pieces of information, the terminal device may determine that the response response of the four pieces of information includes three ACKs and one NACK, and the terminal device pairs the determined 4 The response responses are logically ANDed, ACK & ACK & ACK & NACK = NACK, so that the binding response of the four response responses can be determined to be NACK. The binding response is used to notify the network device that there is information that the transmission fails in the four pieces of information, and the network device may retransmit the four pieces of information.
6)多个应答响应的联合响应,为移动通信系统中多个信息的接收设备(如终端设备)对所述多个信息的多个应答响应进行联合(或组合)生成的。因此,所述联合响应中包含所述多个应答响应。6) A joint response of a plurality of response responses, which is jointly (or combined) generated by a plurality of response responses of the plurality of pieces of information to a receiving device (eg, a terminal device) of the plurality of pieces of information in the mobile communication system. Therefore, the plurality of response responses are included in the joint response.
在本申请实施例中,所述终端设备根据所述多个应答响应,生成所述联合响应时,可以按照设定的组合原则(例如,按照PUCCH格式(format),和/或,每个应答响应在码本中的位置),生成所述联合响应。In the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device generates the joint response according to the multiple response responses, the terminal device may follow a set combination principle (for example, according to a PUCCH format, and/or each response). The joint response is generated in response to the location in the codebook.
例如,当所述多个应答响应为2时,所述终端设备可以使用PUCCH format1;当所述多个应答响应为8时,所述终端设备可以使用PUCCH format3。For example, when the multiple response responses are 2, the terminal device may use PUCCH format1; when the multiple response responses are 8, the terminal device may use PUCCH format3.
7)多个,是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。7) Multiple means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar.
8)“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。8) "and / or", describing the association relationship of the associated object, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and / or B, can indicate: A exists separately, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists separately. . The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
另外,需要理解的是,在本申请的描述中,“第一”、“第二”等词汇,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。In addition, it should be understood that in the description of the present application, the terms "first", "second" and the like are used only to distinguish the purpose of description, and are not to be understood as indicating or implying relative importance, nor as an indication. Or suggest the order.
下面结合附图对本申请实施例做进行具体说明。The embodiments of the present application are specifically described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法适用的一种移动通信系统,参阅图1所示,在所述移动通信系统中,在该系统包括网络设备101,以及终端设备102。FIG. 1 shows a mobile communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applicable. Referring to FIG. 1, in the mobile communication system, the system includes a network device 101 and a terminal device 102.
所述网络设备101,负责为所述终端设备102提供无线接入有关的服务,实现无线物理层功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理功能。The network device 101 is responsible for providing the terminal device 102 with a service related to radio access, implementing radio physical layer functions, resource scheduling and radio resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, and radio access control. Mobility management capabilities.
所述终端设备102,为通过所述网络设备101接入网络的设备。The terminal device 102 is a device that accesses the network through the network device 101.
所述网络设备101和所述终端设备102之间通过Uu接口连接,从而实现所述终端设 备102和所述网络设备101之间的通信。The network device 101 and the terminal device 102 are connected through a Uu interface, thereby implementing communication between the terminal device 102 and the network device 101.
在所述系统中,所述网络设备101的带宽能力与所述终端设备102的带宽能力不同。所述终端设备102支持的最大带宽小于所述网络设备101支持的系统带宽的频域宽度,例如,所述终端设备102支持的最大带宽为5MHz,所述网络设备101支持的系统带宽的频域宽度为20MHz。其中,所述终端设备102的所述最大带宽为所述终端设备102支持的频域宽度,可以作为所述终端设备102的带宽能力的具体表现。In the system, the bandwidth capability of the network device 101 is different from the bandwidth capability of the terminal device 102. The maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device 102 is smaller than the frequency bandwidth of the system bandwidth supported by the network device 101. For example, the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device 102 is 5 MHz, and the frequency domain of the system bandwidth supported by the network device 101 is used. The width is 20MHz. The maximum bandwidth of the terminal device 102 is a frequency domain width supported by the terminal device 102, and can be used as a specific performance of the bandwidth capability of the terminal device 102.
在所述终端设备102初始接入所述网络设备101时,向所述网络设备101上报自身的带宽能力,即所述终端设备102将所述终端设备102的最大带宽发送给所述网络设备101;所述网络设备101在接收到所述最大带宽后,根据所述最大带宽和所述系统带宽,为所述终端设备102配置多个BP,且针对每个BP为所述终端设备102配置多个PUCCH资源,其中针对任一个BP配置的多个PUCCH资源中的频域资源在该BP内。When the terminal device 102 initially accesses the network device 101, the network device 101 reports its own bandwidth capability, that is, the terminal device 102 sends the maximum bandwidth of the terminal device 102 to the network device 101. After receiving the maximum bandwidth, the network device 101 configures multiple BPs for the terminal device 102 according to the maximum bandwidth and the system bandwidth, and configures the terminal device 102 for each BP. The PUCCH resources, wherein the frequency domain resources of the plurality of PUCCH resources configured for any one of the BPs are within the BP.
所述网络设备101可以将为所述终端设备102配置的所述多个BP、以及针对每个BP配置的多个PUCCH资源,通过高层信令通知给所述终端设备102。可选的,所述高层信令可以为无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令。The network device 101 may notify the terminal device 102 of the plurality of BPs configured for the terminal device 102 and a plurality of PUCCH resources configured for each BP by higher layer signaling. Optionally, the high layer signaling may be Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
所述网络设备101在所述多个BP中配置第一BP作为所述终端设备102的上行频域资源,所述网络设备在后续传输中,可以为所述终端设备分配频域资源在所述第一BP内的资源作为上行资源(例如:PUCCH资源、PUSCH资源等),以使所述终端设备102可以利用所述上行资源向所述网络设备101发送信息。The network device 101 configures the first BP as the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device 102 in the multiple BPs, and the network device may allocate the frequency domain resource to the terminal device in the subsequent transmission. The resources in the first BP are used as uplink resources (for example, PUCCH resources, PUSCH resources, and the like), so that the terminal device 102 can use the uplink resources to send information to the network device 101.
在所述系统采用HARQ技术通信,所述网络设备101向所述终端设备102发送下行信息的场景下,包括以下步骤:In the scenario where the system uses the HARQ technology to communicate, and the network device 101 sends the downlink information to the terminal device 102, the following steps are included:
针对传输所述下行信息,所述网络设备101为所述终端设备102进行资源分配:分配下行资源(即PDSCH资源),以及在所述第一BP对应的多个PUCCH资源中选择一个PUCCH资源作为应答响应资源。For transmitting the downlink information, the network device 101 performs resource allocation for the terminal device 102: allocating a downlink resource (ie, a PDSCH resource), and selecting one PUCCH resource among the multiple PUCCH resources corresponding to the first BP. Respond to response resources.
所述网络设备101将为所述终端设备102分配的资源通知给所述终端设备102,例如,所述网络设备101通过PDCCH信道,向所述终端设备102发送携带所述PDSCH资源指示、所述应答响应资源指示(或索引)的DCI。其中,所述PDCCH信道的占用的下行频域资源、以及所述PDSCH资源中的频域资源位于同一BP内,可以在所述第一BP内,也可以在所述网络设备101为所述终端设备配置的下行频域资源——所述多个BP中的其中一个(包括所述第一BP)内。The network device 101 notifies the terminal device 102 of the resource allocated by the terminal device 102, for example, the network device 101 sends, by using the PDCCH channel, the PDSCH resource indication to the terminal device 102, The DCI that responds to the resource indication (or index). The downlink frequency domain resource of the PDCCH channel and the frequency domain resource in the PDSCH resource are located in the same BP, and may be in the first BP or in the network device 101. A downlink frequency domain resource configured by the device - within one of the plurality of BPs (including the first BP).
所述网络设备101在所述PDSCH资源上,向所述终端设备102发送所述下行信息;The network device 101 sends the downlink information to the terminal device 102 on the PDSCH resource;
所述终端设备102在接收到网络设备101资源分配的通知(所述DCI)后,在所述PDSCH资源上接收所述下行信息;After receiving the notification of the resource allocation of the network device 101 (the DCI), the terminal device 102 receives the downlink information on the PDSCH resource;
所述终端设备102根据所述下行信息的接收结果,生成对所述下行信息的应答响应;在所述网络设备101为其分配的上行频域资源未发生切换的情况下,所述终端设备102在所述应答响应资源上向所述网络设备101反馈所述应答响应。The terminal device 102 generates a response response to the downlink information according to the received result of the downlink information. In the case that the uplink frequency domain resource allocated by the network device 101 is not switched, the terminal device 102 The response response is fed back to the network device 101 on the response response resource.
或者or
所述网络设备101在第一BP为所述终端设备分配PDCCH资源,在第二BP对应的多个PUCCH资源中,为所述终端设备分配PUCCH资源;所述网络设备101将所述PUCCH资源指示承载在DCI中发送给所述终端设备102,且所述DCI承载在所述PDCCH中;其中,所述PUCCH资源为应答响应资源,用于所述终端设备102向所述网络设备101反馈 所述DCI对应的ACK/NACK;The network device 101 allocates a PDCCH resource to the terminal device in the first BP, and allocates a PUCCH resource to the terminal device in the multiple PUCCH resources corresponding to the second BP; the network device 101 indicates the PUCCH resource The bearer is sent to the terminal device 102 in the DCI, and the DCI is carried in the PDCCH; wherein the PUCCH resource is a response response resource, and the terminal device 102 feeds back the information to the network device 101. DCI corresponding ACK/NACK;
所述终端设备102在PDCCH资源上收所述DCI,根据所述PUCCH资源指示确定所述PUCCH资源;并在所述网络设备101为其分配的上行频域资源未发生切换的情况下,所述终端设备102在所述PUCCH资源上反馈对所述DCI的应答响应,通知所述网络设备101所述终端设备102已成功接收所述DCI。The terminal device 102 receives the DCI on the PDCCH resource, and determines the PUCCH resource according to the PUCCH resource indication; and if the network device 101 does not switch the uplink frequency domain resource allocated thereto, The terminal device 102 feeds back a response response to the DCI on the PUCCH resource, and notifies the network device 101 that the terminal device 102 has successfully received the DCI.
需要指出的是,如图1所示的系统仅是本申请实施例提供的一种移动通信系统的示例,本申请实施例还可以应用于第五代(The 5 th Generation,5G)移动通信系统、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)、其他移动通信系统,以及基于上述移动通信系统演进后的其他移动通信系统,本申请实施例不予限定。 It should be noted that the system shown in Figure 1 is merely exemplary embodiment provides a mobile communication system embodiment of the present application, embodiments of the present application may also be applied to the fifth generation (The 5 th Generation, 5G) mobile communication system The embodiments of the present application are not limited in terms of the Long Term Evolution (LTE), other mobile communication systems, and other mobile communication systems based on the evolution of the above mobile communication system.
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于如图1所示的移动通信系统中,参阅图2所示,该方法的流程包括:The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1. Referring to FIG. 2, the process of the method includes:
S201:网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应。S201: The network device sends the first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first response is The resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information.
相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第一信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the network device.
可选的,所述第一BP为所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的多个BP中的一个。Optionally, the first BP is one of multiple BPs configured by the network device for the terminal device.
通过对所述移动通信系统中的描述可知,所述网络设备在发送所述第一下行信息之前,需要针对传输所述第一下行信息,为所述终端设备进行资源分配,包括PDSCH资源和所述第一应答响应资源;且所述终端设备通过DCI,通知所述终端设备所述网络设备为其分配的资源。因此,可选的,所述网络设备可以将所述第一信息携带在DCI中发送给所述终端设备。According to the description in the mobile communication system, before transmitting the first downlink information, the network device needs to perform resource allocation, including PDSCH resources, for the terminal device to transmit the first downlink information. And the first response response resource; and the terminal device notifies the terminal device of the resource allocated by the network device by using the DCI. Therefore, optionally, the network device may carry the first information in the DCI and send the information to the terminal device.
可选的,所述第一应答响应资源为所述网络设备针对所述第一BP配置的多个PUCCH资源上的一个PUCCH资源。Optionally, the first response response resource is one PUCCH resource on multiple PUCCH resources configured by the network device for the first BP.
当所述网络设备针对所述多个BP中每个BP均配置了多个PUCCH资源的情况下,所述网络设备可以通过高层信令将针对每个BP配置的PUCCH资源通知给所述终端设备。所述网络设备在执行S201之前,还包括以下步骤:When the network device configures multiple PUCCH resources for each of the plurality of BPs, the network device may notify the terminal device of the PUCCH resources configured for each BP by using high layer signaling. . The network device further includes the following steps before performing S201:
所述网络设备在所述针对所述第一BP配置的多个PUCCH资源上选择一个PUCCH资源作为所述第一应答响应资源,并生成所述第一信息,所述第一信息为在针对所述第一BP配置的多个PUCCH资源中所述第一应答响应资源的索引。The network device selects one PUCCH resource as the first response response resource on the multiple PUCCH resources configured for the first BP, and generates the first information, where the first information is An index of the first response response resource in the plurality of PUCCH resources of the first BP configuration.
这样,所述终端设备在接收到所述第一信息后,可以直接根据所述第一应答响应资源的索引,在针对所述第一BP配置的多个PUCCH资源中,确定所述第一应答响应资源。In this manner, after receiving the first information, the terminal device may directly determine, according to the index of the first response response resource, the first response in multiple PUCCH resources configured for the first BP. Respond to resources.
可选的,该方法还包括S202:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行信息。Optionally, the method further includes: S202: the network device sends the first downlink information to the terminal device.
相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第一下行信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first downlink information from the network device.
其中,所述网络设备在所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的PDSCH资源上发送所述第一下行信息。The network device sends the first downlink information on a PDSCH resource allocated by the network device to the terminal device.
S203:所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP。S203: The network device switches an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to a second BP.
可选的,所述第一BP和所述第二BP不完全相同,即所述第一BP包括的部分频率资源或全部频率资源不包括在所述第二BP中,或者所述第二BP包括的部分频率资源或全部频率资源不包括在所述第一BP中。示例性地,在基于OFDM的通信系统中,所述第一BP和所述第二BP不完全相同可能为:所述第一BP包括的至少一个子载波不包括在所述 第二BP中,或者所述第二BP包括的至少一个子载波不包括在所述第一BP中。Optionally, the first BP and the second BP are not completely the same, that is, the partial frequency resource or all frequency resources included in the first BP are not included in the second BP, or the second BP The partial frequency resource or all frequency resources included are not included in the first BP. Illustratively, in the OFDM-based communication system, the first BP and the second BP may not be identical: the at least one subcarrier included in the first BP is not included in the second BP. Or at least one subcarrier included in the second BP is not included in the first BP.
可选的,当所述终端设备的上行频域资源和下行频域资源解耦合时,从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP可以是因为与所述第一BP相关联的下行频域资源发生了切换,而带来的所述第一BP对应的上行资源的切换;也可以是单纯的所述第一BP对应的上行资源的切换,此时所述终端设备的下行频域资源可以不切换,也可以切换。由于与本申请实质无关,后续不再赘述。Optionally, when the uplink frequency domain resource and the downlink frequency domain resource of the terminal device are decoupled, the switching from the first BP to the second BP may be because of a downlink frequency associated with the first BP. The switching of the uplink resource corresponding to the first BP caused by the switching of the domain resource may be the switching of the uplink resource corresponding to the first BP, and the downlink frequency domain resource of the terminal device at this time You can switch without switching. Since it has nothing to do with the substance of this application, it will not be described later.
可选的,本方法还包括S204:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送切换指示,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。Optionally, the method further includes: S204: the network device sends a handover indication to the terminal device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the first Two BP.
相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收切换指示,从而根据所述切换指示,去激活所述第一BP,以及激活所述BP,确定后续使用的上行频域资源为所述第二BP。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives a handover indication from the network device, to deactivate the first BP according to the handover indication, and activate the BP, to determine that the uplink frequency domain resource used subsequently is the second BP.
可选的,所述网络设备可以将所述切换指示携带在DCI中发送给所述终端设备。这样,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述DCI,从而获得所述切换指示。Optionally, the network device may carry the handover indication in a DCI and send the information to the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device receives the DCI from the network device, thereby obtaining the handover indication.
S205:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应。S205: The network device sends the second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and The second response response resource is configured to carry the first response response.
相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and The second response response resource is configured to carry the first response response.
可选的,由于所述第二信息用于指示所述第二应答响应资源,因此,在所述网络设备针对每个BP均配置了多个PUCCH资源,且将针对每个BP配置的PUCCH资源通知给所述终端设备的情况下,所述第二信息与所述第一信息类似,也可以为所述第二应答响应资源的索引。另外,所述网络设备选择所述第二应答响应资源的步骤与选择所述第一应答响应资源的步骤类似,此处不再赘述。Optionally, since the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, multiple network PUCCH resources are configured for each BP, and PUCCH resources to be configured for each BP are configured. In the case of notifying the terminal device, the second information is similar to the first information, and may also be an index of the second response response resource. In addition, the step of the network device selecting the second response response resource is similar to the step of selecting the first response response resource, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,在所述网络设备针对每个BP均配置了多个PUCCH资源,但未将针对每个BP配置的PUCCH资源通知给所述终端设备的情况下,在所述第二信息也可以为所述第二应答响应资源的位置。另外,所述第二信息还可以为:所述第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量,或者,所述第二信息还可以为所述第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量等,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, in the case that the network device is configured with multiple PUCCH resources for each BP, but the PUCCH resources configured for each BP are not notified to the terminal device, the second information may also be Responding to the location of the resource for the second response. In addition, the second information may be: an offset of a location of the second response response resource relative to a location of the first response response resource, or the second information may also be the second The offset of the index of the response response resource relative to the index of the first response response resource, etc., is not limited in this application.
可选的,所述第一应答响应资源还包含时域资源和/或码域资源,相应的,所述第二应答响应资源也还包含时域资源和/或码域资源。Optionally, the first response response resource further includes a time domain resource and/or a code domain resource. Correspondingly, the second response response resource further includes a time domain resource and/or a code domain resource.
可选的,当所述方法包含S204时,所述终端设备可以直接通过所述切换指示,确定后续使用的上行频域资源为所述第二BP。Optionally, when the method includes S204, the terminal device may directly determine, by using the handover indication, that the uplink frequency domain resource used later is the second BP.
可选的,当所述方法不包含S204时,由于本步骤中,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第二信息用于指示所述第二应答响应资源,因此,所述终端设备可以通过接收的所述第二信息,确定后续使用的上行频域资源为所述第二BP。Optionally, when the method does not include S204, in this step, the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and the second information is used to indicate the second The response to the response resource, the terminal device may determine, by using the received second information, that the uplink frequency domain resource to be used later is the second BP.
其中,所述第二应答响应资源用于承载BP切换前所述终端设备对待响应下行信息的应答响应,所述待响应下行信息(包括所述第一下行信息)为所述终端设备使用的BP切换前,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送的、且在BP切换时所述终端设备仍未向所述网络设备反馈应答响应的下行信息。The second response response resource is used to carry a response response of the terminal device to respond to downlink information before the BP handover, and the downlink information to be responded (including the first downlink information) is used by the terminal device. Before the BP handover, the downlink information sent by the network device to the terminal device and the terminal device still does not feed back the response to the network device when the BP is switched.
可选的,所述网络设备可以通过以下方式,向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息,包括:Optionally, the network device may send the second information to the terminal device by using the following manner, including:
所述网络向所述终端设备发送携带所述第二信息的第一下行控制信息DCI。这样,所述终端设备从所述终端设备接收携带所述第二信息的所述第一DCI,从而获取所述第二信息。Transmitting, by the network, the first downlink control information DCI carrying the second information to the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device receives the first DCI carrying the second information from the terminal device, thereby acquiring the second information.
可选的,所述网络设备可以同时执行S204和S205,即将所述切换指示与所述第二信息同时发送,换句换说,所述网络设备可以同时将所述切换指示所述第二信息携带在所述第一DCI中发送给所述终端设备。通过这种方法,可以节省所述网络设备的信令开销。Optionally, the network device may perform S204 and S205 at the same time, that is, the handover indication is sent simultaneously with the second information, in other words, the network device may simultaneously indicate the handover to the second information. The carrier is sent to the terminal device in the first DCI. In this way, the signaling overhead of the network device can be saved.
当然,携带所述切换指示的DCI和所述第一DCI也可以为不同的DCI,本申请并不对此进行限定。Certainly, the DCI carrying the handover indication and the first DCI may also be different DCIs, which is not limited in this application.
S206:所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应。S206: The terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource.
可选的,所述终端设备在执行S206时,可以直接将所述第一应答响应发送给所述网络设备,或者对所述第一应答响应进行处理(例如绑定处理、联合处理等),并反馈处理后生成的响应(如联合响应、或绑定响应)。Optionally, when performing S206, the terminal device may directly send the first response response to the network device, or process the first response response (eg, binding processing, joint processing, etc.), And feedback the response generated after processing (such as joint response, or binding response).
可选的,当所述第一应答响应为1个时,所述终端设备可以在所述第二应答响应上直接发送所述第一应答响应;Optionally, when the first response response is one, the terminal device may directly send the first response response on the second response response;
当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,所述终端设备在反馈所述第一应答响应时,还需要结合考虑所述第二应答响应资源的数量,通过多种方式进行反馈,后续通过具体的实施例对此进行说明。When the number of the first response responses is multiple, when the terminal device feeds back the first response, the terminal device needs to perform feedback in multiple manners in consideration of the number of the second response response resources. This will be explained by way of a specific embodiment.
采用本申请实施例提供的方法,在网络设备通知终端设备利用频域资源在第一BP内的第一应答响应资源承载第一应答响应后,将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP,然后所述网络设备继续通知所述终端设备利用频域资源在所述第二BP内的第二应答响应资源承载所述第一应答响应。其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。通过上述方案,在所述终端设备使用的BP发生切换后,所述终端设备可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。另外,采用本申请实施例提供的方法,还可以避免终端设备从第二BP切换回第一BP反馈第一应答响应所引入的切换时间,为终端设备节省时域空口资源,提高数据传输速率。其中终端设备从第二BP切换回第一BP的可能场景为:终端设备在最大能力不足以同时支持第一BP和第二BP。After the network device notifies the terminal device that the first response response resource in the first BP carries the first response response by using the frequency domain resource, the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is used by the network device. The first BP switches to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP. The first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback. After the BP used by the terminal device is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is in the handover. The second response within the second BP is responsive to the resource, such that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource. In addition, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can also avoid the handover time introduced by the terminal device from the second BP to the first BP feedback first response response, save the time domain air interface resource for the terminal device, and improve the data transmission rate. A possible scenario in which the terminal device switches from the second BP to the first BP is that the terminal device is insufficient in maximum capability to support the first BP and the second BP at the same time.
基于图2所示的实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信方法。参阅图3所示,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包含图2所示的实施例中的步骤。在本申请实施例中,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应的数量为多个。Based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method. Referring to FIG. 3, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2. In the embodiment of the present application, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the number of the first response responses is multiple.
可选的,本申请实施例中的所述第一下行信息为:在所述终端设备使用的BP切换前,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送的、且在BP切换时所述终端设备仍未向所述网络设备反馈应答响应的所有下行信息。Optionally, the first downlink information in the embodiment of the present application is: the terminal that is sent by the network device to the terminal device and is switched when the BP is switched before the BP switch used by the terminal device The device still does not feed back all the downlink information of the response to the network device.
在本申请实施例中,所述终端设备通过以下步骤执行所述S206:In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device performs the S206 by using the following steps:
所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应的绑定响应。相应的,The terminal device feeds back a binding response of the first response response on the second response response resource. corresponding,
所述网络设备在所述第二应答响应资源上接收所述终端设备反馈的所述第一应答响应的绑定响应。Receiving, by the network device, a binding response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device on the second response response resource.
在本申请实施例中,在S206之前,所述方法还包括以下步骤:In the embodiment of the present application, before S206, the method further includes the following steps:
S301:所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量;根据所述第一应答响应的数量以及接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,生成所述绑定响应。S301: The terminal device acquires the number of the first response, and generates the binding response according to the number of the first response and the received quantity of the first downlink information.
可选的,所述终端设备可以通过以下方法,根据所述第一应答响应的数量以及接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,生成所述绑定响应:Optionally, the terminal device may generate the binding response according to the number of the first response responses and the number of the received first downlink information by using the following method:
第一种方法:当所述终端设备接收一个第一下行信息需要反馈对应一个第一应答响应时,若所述终端设备确定接收的所述第一下行信息的数量小于所述第一应答响应的数量,则确定所述绑定响应为NACK;若所述终端设备确定接收的所述第一下行信息的数量等于所述第一应答响应的数量,则确定所述绑定响应为ACK;The first method: when the terminal device receives a first downlink information and needs to feed back a first response, if the terminal device determines that the number of the received first downlink information is smaller than the first response Determining, by the number of responses, that the binding response is a NACK; if the terminal device determines that the number of the received first downlink information is equal to the number of the first response, determining that the binding response is an ACK ;
第二种方法:当所述终端设备接收一个第一下行信息需要反馈n个(n大于或等于2)第一应答响应时,所述终端设备根据接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,确定应该反馈的第一应答响应的数量;若所述终端设备确定应该反馈的第一应答响应的数量小于所述第一应答响应的数量,则确定所述绑定响应为NACK;若所述终端设备确定应该反馈的第一应答响应的数量等于所述第一应答响应的数量,则确定所述绑定响应为ACK。The second method: when the terminal device receives a first downlink information and needs to feed back n (n is greater than or equal to 2) the first response, the terminal device is configured according to the quantity of the first downlink information received. Determining, by the terminal device, the number of first response responses that should be fed back; if the terminal device determines that the number of first response responses that should be fed back is less than the number of the first response responses, determining that the binding response is a NACK; The terminal device determines that the number of first response responses that should be fed back is equal to the number of the first response responses, and then determines that the binding response is an ACK.
第三种方法:所述终端设备可以根据接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,生成对接收的所述第一下行信息反馈的第一数量的第一应答响应(为ACK);其中,所述第一数量为:接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,或n*接收的所述第一下行信息的数量;The third method: the terminal device may generate, according to the received quantity of the first downlink information, a first number of first response responses (which are ACKs) that are fed back to the received first downlink information; The first quantity is: the quantity of the first downlink information received, or the number of the first downlink information received by n*;
所述终端设备生成第二数量的为NACK的第一应答响应,所述第二数量=所述第一应答响应的数量-所述第一数量;The terminal device generates a second number of first response responses that are NACKs, the second number = the number of the first response responses - the first number;
所述终端设备对所述第一数量的第一应答响应(ACK)和所述第二数量的第一应答响应(NACK)进行绑定处理,例如进行逻辑与处理,生成所述绑定响应,其中,当所述第二数量为0时,所述绑定响应为ACK,当所述第二数量不为0时,所述绑定响应为NACK。The terminal device performs binding processing on the first number of first response responses (ACKs) and the second number of first response responses (NACKs), for example, performing logical processing and generating the binding response, The binding response is ACK when the second quantity is 0, and the binding response is NACK when the second quantity is not 0.
上述第二、三种方法中给出了每个第一下行信息需要反馈的第一应答响应个数均相同的情况。本领域技术人员可以不付出创造性劳动,将其拓展至每个第一下行信息需要反馈的第一应答响应个数不完全相同或者完全不相同的情况。The second and third methods described above give the case where the number of first response responses that each of the first downlink information needs to feed back is the same. Those skilled in the art can extend the creative response to the case where the number of first response responses that need to be fed back for each first downlink information is not completely the same or completely different.
可选的,所述终端设备可以通过以下方式,获取所述第一应答响应的数量:Optionally, the terminal device may obtain the quantity of the first response response by:
所述终端设备获取预设的所述第一应答响应的数量;或者The terminal device acquires a preset number of the first response responses; or
所述终端设备通过S300获取所述第一应答响应的数量。The terminal device acquires the number of the first response responses through S300.
可选的,在S301之前,所述方法还包括300:Optionally, before S301, the method further includes:
S300:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量。S300: The network device sends the quantity of the first response response to the terminal device.
相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第一应答响应的数量。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the number of the first response responses from the network device.
可选的,所述网络设备在向所述终端设备传输所述第一应答响应的数量时,可以将所述第一应答响应的数量携带在第三信息中。其中,所述第三信息可以是高层信令,例如系统消息块(System Information Block,SIB)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)、媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE),也可以是动态信令,例如DCI。可选的,携带所述第一应答响应的数量的所述DCI与携带所述第二信息的DCI可以为同一DCI或不同的DCI,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, when the network device transmits the quantity of the first response response to the terminal device, the number of the first response response may be carried in the third information. The third information may be high layer signaling, such as a system information block (SIB), a radio resource control (RRC), and a media access control (MAC) control element. Control Element, CE), can also be dynamic signaling, such as DCI. Optionally, the DCI that carries the number of the first response and the DCI that carries the second information may be the same DCI or a different DCI, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,在所述网络设备通过S206接收到所述绑定响应后,所述方法还包括:Optionally, after the network device receives the binding response by using the S206, the method further includes:
当所述绑定响应为ACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备成功接收到所述第一下行信息;When the binding response is an ACK, the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the first downlink information;
当所述应答响应为NACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备未成功接收到所有所述 第一下行信息,然后,对所述第一下行信息进行重传。When the response is a NACK, the network device determines that the terminal device has not successfully received all the first downlink information, and then retransmits the first downlink information.
采用本申请实施例提供的方法,在所述终端设备使用的BP发生切换后,所述终端设备可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。另外,在上述方案中,所述终端设备通过一个第二应答响应资源反馈多个第一应答响应,可以提高资源的利用率,且所述终端设备通过反馈绑定响应的方式反馈所述多个第一应答响应,可以节省信息开销。With the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, after the BP used by the terminal device is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine The second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource. In addition, in the foregoing solution, the terminal device feeds back multiple first response responses by using a second response response resource, which may improve resource utilization, and the terminal device feeds back the multiple by feedback binding response The first response response can save information overhead.
基于图2所示的实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信方法。参阅图4所示,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包含图2所示的实施例中的步骤。在本申请实施例中,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应的数量为多个。Based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method. Referring to FIG. 4, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2. In the embodiment of the present application, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the number of the first response responses is multiple.
可选的,本申请实施例中的所述第一下行信息为:在所述终端设备使用的BP切换前,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送的、且在BP切换时所述终端设备仍未向所述网络设备反馈应答响应的所有下行信息。Optionally, the first downlink information in the embodiment of the present application is: the terminal that is sent by the network device to the terminal device and is switched when the BP is switched before the BP switch used by the terminal device The device still does not feed back all the downlink information of the response to the network device.
在本申请实施例中,所述终端设备通过以下步骤执行所述S206:In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device performs the S206 by using the following steps:
所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应的联合响应。The terminal device feeds back a joint response of the first response response on the second response response resource.
相应的,所述网络设备在所述第二应答响应资源上接收所述终端设备反馈的所述第一应答响应的联合响应。Correspondingly, the network device receives, on the second response response resource, a joint response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,在S206之前,所述方法还包括以下步骤:In the embodiment of the present application, before S206, the method further includes the following steps:
S401:所述终端设备通过方法,生成所述联合响应:S401: The terminal device generates the joint response by using a method:
所述终端设备获取物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format,其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的;The terminal device acquires a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when sending the joint response;
所述终端设备根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应,并根据所述第一应答响应,生成所述联合响应。The terminal device determines the first response response according to the received first downlink information, and generates the joint response according to the first response response.
所述终端设备可以对多个第一应答响应进行组合处理,生成一个联合响应。所述联合响应中包含所述多个第一应答响应,因此,所述终端设备通过反馈所述联合响应反馈所述多个第一应答响应,可以节省资源开销,且所述网络设备通过所述联合响应,可以准确地确定每个第一下行信息的第一应答响应。The terminal device may combine the multiple first response responses to generate a joint response. The joint response includes the multiple first response responses. Therefore, the terminal device may save the resource overhead by feeding back the multiple response by feeding back the joint response, and the network device passes the The joint response can accurately determine the first response response of each of the first downlink information.
所述终端设备在执行S206时,根据所述PUCCH format,发送所述第一应答响应的所述联合响应。And when the terminal device performs S206, sending the joint response of the first response response according to the PUCCH format.
其中,所述终端设备根据所述PUCCH format,发送所述第一应答响应的所述联合响应,具体包括:The sending, by the terminal device, the joint response of the first response response according to the PUCCH format, specifically includes:
当所述第二信息指示的是第二应答响应资源的索引时,所述终端设备根据所述PUCCH format确定第二应答响应资源;When the second information indicates an index of the second response response resource, the terminal device determines the second response response resource according to the PUCCH format;
所述终端设备根据所述PUCCH format,对所述联合响应进行调制、时域和/或频域正交化处理;The terminal device performs modulation, time domain and/or frequency domain orthogonalization processing on the joint response according to the PUCCH format;
所述终端设备将调制后的信息映射到所述第二应答响应资源的时频资源上,发送给所述网络设备。The terminal device maps the modulated information to the time-frequency resource of the second response response resource, and sends the information to the network device.
示例性地,采用PUCCH format 1发送所述联合响应时,所述调制为二进制相移键控(Binary Phase Shift Keying,BPSK)/正交相移键控(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying,QPSK) 调制,所述正交化处理包括时域上乘以正交序列以及频域上循环移位;采用PUCCH format3发送所述联合响应时,所述调制为QPSK,所述正交化处理包括频域上循环移位。Exemplarily, when the joint response is sent by using PUCCH format 1, the modulation is Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK)/Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation. The orthogonalization process includes multiplying the time domain by an orthogonal sequence and a cyclic shift in the frequency domain; when the joint response is transmitted by using PUCCH format 3, the modulation is QPSK, and the orthogonalization processing includes cyclic shift in the frequency domain. .
不同PUCCH format的容量和复用能力是不一样的,采用不同的PUCCH format传输联合响应,可以有效地利用系统资源,提高传输效率。示例性地,PUCCH format 1具有较高的复用能力,可以允许较多的终端设备在相同的时频资源上传输应答响应,但其容量较小,只能传输较少的比特;相反,PUCCH format 3具有较高的容量,能够传输较多的比特,但其复用能力较低,只能允许较少的终端设备在相同的时频资源上传输应答响应。The capacity and multiplexing capability of different PUCCH formats are different. Different PUCCH format transmission combined responses can effectively utilize system resources and improve transmission efficiency. Illustratively, PUCCH format 1 has a higher multiplexing capability, which allows more terminal devices to transmit response responses on the same time-frequency resource, but has a smaller capacity and can only transmit fewer bits; instead, PUCCH Format 3 has a higher capacity and can transmit more bits, but its multiplexing capability is lower, and only a small number of terminal devices can be allowed to transmit response responses on the same time-frequency resources.
可选的,所述终端设备可以通过以下方式,获取所述PUCCH format:Optionally, the terminal device may obtain the PUCCH format by:
方式一:所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量,并根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定所述PUCCH format。Manner 1: The terminal device acquires the number of the first response responses, and determines the PUCCH format according to the number of the first response responses.
由于不同的PUCCH format的容量和复用能力不同,且容量和复用能力与所述终端设备需要发送的信息量(例如所述第一应答响应的数量)有关。可选的,所述终端设备中维护有应答响应的数量和PUCCH format的对应关系,所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量后,在所述对应关系中,确定与所述第一应答响应的数量对应的PUCCH format。Since the capacity and multiplexing capability of different PUCCH formats are different, and the capacity and multiplexing capability are related to the amount of information that the terminal device needs to transmit (for example, the number of the first response responses). Optionally, the terminal device maintains a correspondence between the number of response responses and the PUCCH format, and after acquiring the number of the first response responses, the terminal device determines, in the corresponding relationship, the first The number of response responses corresponds to the PUCCH format.
其中,所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量,可以参见图3所示的实施例中描述的获取方法,此处不再赘述。For the terminal device to obtain the number of the first response, refer to the obtaining method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
方式二:所述终端设备通过S400a获取所述PUCCH format。Manner 2: The terminal device acquires the PUCCH format through S400a.
可选的,在S401之前,所述方法还包括:Optionally, before S401, the method further includes:
S400a:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述PUCCH format。相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述PUCCH format。S400a: The network device sends the PUCCH format to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the PUCCH format from the network device.
其中,所述网络设备在执行S400a之前,也可以通过上述方式一,确定所述PUCCH format,此处不再赘述。The network device may determine the PUCCH format by using the foregoing manner 1 before executing the S400a, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,所述终端设备在执行S401时,可以通过以下步骤,生成所述第一应答响应的所述联合响应:Optionally, when the terminal device performs S401, the joint response of the first response response may be generated by using the following steps:
所述终端设备从所述网络设备获取第一应答响应的数量;Obtaining, by the terminal device, the number of first response responses from the network device;
所述终端设备通过S400b从所述网络设备获取码本信息,所述码本信息指示所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置;可选的,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识(例如,承载所述第一下行信息的PDSCH的标识),或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。The terminal device obtains the codebook information from the network device by using the S400b, where the codebook information indicates the location of the first response response in the codebook; optionally, the codebook information is the first An identifier of the row information (eg, an identifier of the PDSCH carrying the first downlink information), or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
所述终端设备根据所述第一应答响应的数量和所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,生成所述联合响应。The terminal device generates the joint response according to the number of the first response responses and the location of the first response response in the codebook.
这样,所述终端设备在生成所述联合响应时,可以按照所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,确定每个第一应答响应在所述联合响应中的位置,从而可以准确地得到所述联合响应。In this way, when generating the joint response, the terminal device may determine the location of each first response response in the joint response according to the location of the first response response in the codebook, so that the terminal device can accurately obtain The joint response.
可选的,在所述网络设备通过S206在所述第二应答响应资源对应的时频资源上接收所述联合响应后,根据所述第一应答响应的数量确定PUCCH format,对所述联合响应解调解码,根据所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,确定所述第一应答响应对应的第一下行信息的标识,从而确定所述第一下行信息是否正确接收。Optionally, after the network device receives the joint response on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second response response resource by using the S206, determining, according to the number of the first response, the PUCCH format, the joint response Demodulation and decoding, determining an identifier of the first downlink information corresponding to the first response response according to the location of the first response response in the codebook, thereby determining whether the first downlink information is correctly received.
所述网络设备在所述联合响应中确定每个第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应后,所述方法还包括:After the determining, by the network device, the first response response corresponding to each of the first downlink information, the method further includes:
当目标第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应为ACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设 备成功接收到所述目标第一下行信息,其中,所述目标第一下行信息为所述第一下行信息中的一个;When the first response response corresponding to the target first downlink information is ACK, the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the target first downlink information, where the target first downlink information is One of the first downlink information;
当所述目标第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应为NACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备未成功接收到所述目标第一下行信息,然后,对所述目标第一下行信息进行重传。When the first response response corresponding to the target first downlink information is NACK, the network device determines that the terminal device does not successfully receive the target first downlink information, and then first targets the target The line information is retransmitted.
采用本申请实施例提供的方法,在所述终端设备使用的BP发生切换后,所述终端设备可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。另外,在上述方案中,所述终端设备通过一个第二应答响应资源反馈多个第一应答响应,可以提高资源的利用率,且所述终端设备通过反馈联合响应的方式反馈所述多个第一应答响应,可以提高传输效率;所述网络设备通过所述联合响应,可以准确地确定每个第一下行信息的第一应答响应。With the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, after the BP used by the terminal device is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine The second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource. In addition, in the foregoing solution, the terminal device feeds back multiple first response responses by using a second response response resource, which may improve resource utilization, and the terminal device feeds back the multiple by feeding back a joint response. The response may be improved, and the network device may accurately determine the first response response of each of the first downlink information by using the joint response.
基于图2所示的实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信方法。参阅图5所示,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包含图2所示的实施例中的步骤。在本申请实施例中,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。Based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method. Referring to FIG. 5, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2. In this embodiment, the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
可选的,本申请实施例中的所述第一下行信息为:在所述终端设备使用的BP切换前,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送的、且在BP切换时所述终端设备仍未向所述网络设备反馈应答响应的所有下行信息。Optionally, the first downlink information in the embodiment of the present application is: the terminal that is sent by the network device to the terminal device and is switched when the BP is switched before the BP switch used by the terminal device The device still does not feed back all the downlink information of the response to the network device.
在本申请实施例中,所述终端设备通过以下步骤执行所述S206:In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device performs the S206 by using the following steps:
所述终端设备根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应;Determining, by the terminal device, the first response response according to the received first downlink information;
所述终端设备分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,反馈每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。The terminal device feeds back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource.
相应的,所述网络设备通过以下步骤执行所述S206:Correspondingly, the network device performs the S206 by the following steps:
所述网络设备分别在所述至少一个第二应答响应资源中每个第二应答响应资源上,接收所述终端设备反馈的每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。The network device receives a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource fed back by the terminal device, on each second response response resource of the at least one second response response resource.
可选的,在本方法中的所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置(又称为ACK资源偏置(ACK Resource Offset,ARO)),或所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的索引。Optionally, the second information in the method includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource (also referred to as an ACK Resource Offset (ARO)), or the at least one The index of the second response response resource.
其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置为:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;或者An offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response; or
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。An offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
可选的,当所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置需要的第一比特数小于所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的索引需要的第二比特数时,所述第二信息可以包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置。当所述第二比特数小于所述第一比特数时,所述第二信息可以包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的索引。这样,可以降低所述第二信息的信息开销。Optionally, when the first bit number required for the offset of the at least one second response response resource is smaller than the second bit number required by the index of the at least one second response response resource, the second information may include The at least one second response is offset by a resource. When the second number of bits is smaller than the first number of bits, the second information may include an index of the at least one second response response resource. In this way, the information overhead of the second information can be reduced.
可选的,在所述终端设备在执行S206之前,所述方法还包括:Optionally, before the performing, by the terminal device, the method further includes:
S501:在所述至少一个应答响应资源中,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应 资源。S501: Determine, in the at least one response response resource, a second response response resource corresponding to each first response response.
可选的,所述终端设备可以通过以下两种方法,执行S501:Optionally, the terminal device can execute S501 by using the following two methods:
第一种方法:在所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置的情况下:A first method: in case the second information comprises an offset of the at least one second response response resource:
所述终端设备在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置;Determining, by the terminal device, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information;
所述终端设备根据每个第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源(的位置或索引),和每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源。Determining, by the terminal device, each first response response according to a (position or index) of the first response response resource corresponding to each first response response, and an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response Corresponding second response response resource.
第二种方法:在所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置的情况下:a second method: in the case where the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource:
所述终端设备在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引;Determining, by the terminal device, an index of a second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information;
所述终端设备根据每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源。The terminal device determines, according to an index of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, a second response response resource corresponding to each first response response.
通过上述两种方法,所述终端设备可以通过所述第二信息准确地确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源。Through the above two methods, the terminal device can accurately determine the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the second information.
可选的,在方法中,所述第二信息的数量可以为多个,且每个第一信息中包含一个第二应答响应资源的偏置(或索引);或者所述第二信息中包含多个域,每个域中承载一个第二应答响应资源的偏置(或索引)。Optionally, in the method, the number of the second information may be multiple, and each first information includes an offset (or index) of a second response response resource; or the second information includes Multiple domains, each carrying a bias (or index) of a second response response resource.
在上述情况下,所述网络设备在确定所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置(或索引)后,可以根据所述第一下行信息的标识,部署每个第二应答响应资源的偏置(或索引)所在的域或第二信息的位置。这样,所述终端设备也可以通过所述第一下行信息的标识,准确地确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置(或索引)。In the above case, after determining the offset (or index) of the at least one second response response resource, the network device may deploy each second response response resource according to the identifier of the first downlink information. The location of the domain or second information in which the offset (or index) is located. In this way, the terminal device can accurately determine the offset (or index) of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response by using the identifier of the first downlink information.
基于上述描述,可选的,在上述两种方法中,所述终端设备可以通过以下方式在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置(或索引),包括:Based on the foregoing description, optionally, in the foregoing two methods, the terminal device may determine, in the second information, an offset (or an index) of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response. ),include:
所述终端设备通过S500,从所述网络设备获取所述第一下行信息的标识(例如,承载所述第一下行信息的PDSCH的标识);The terminal device acquires, by the S500, an identifier of the first downlink information (for example, an identifier of a PDSCH that carries the first downlink information) from the network device;
所述终端设备根据所述第一下行信息的标识,在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置(或索引)。And determining, by the terminal device, an offset (or an index) of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information according to the identifier of the first downlink information.
可选的,所述网络设备通过以下方式执行S205:Optionally, the network device performs S205 by:
所述网络设备根据为所述终端设备配置的无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identity,RNTI),向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息。The network device sends the second information to the terminal device according to a Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) configured for the terminal device.
相应的,所述终端设备通过以下方式执行S205:Correspondingly, the terminal device performs S205 in the following manner:
所述终端设备根据所述终端设备的RNTI,从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息。The terminal device receives the second information from the network device according to the RNTI of the terminal device.
这样,网络设备可以发送多个第二信息,每个第二信息指示一个或多个终端设备的一个或多个第二应答响应资源,终端设备使用网络设备配置的RNTI,只接收属于自己的一个或多个第二信息,而不接收不属于自己的第二信息,从而可以降低终端设备盲检所述第二信息的复杂度。In this way, the network device can send multiple second information, each of the second information indicating one or more second response response resources of the one or more terminal devices, and the terminal device uses the RNTI configured by the network device to receive only one of its own. Or a plurality of second information, without receiving the second information that is not his own, so that the complexity of the terminal device blindly checking the second information can be reduced.
可选的,由于所述网络设备针对每个第一下行信息分配每个第二应答响应资源,因此,在所述网络设备通过S206接收到每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应后,可以根据确定每个第二应答响应资源所对应的第一应答响应是针对哪个下行信息反馈的。这样, 所述网络设备可以确定每个第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应。Optionally, the network device allocates each second response response resource for each first downlink information, and therefore, the network device receives, by using the S206, a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource. Then, it may be determined according to which downlink information the first response response corresponding to each second response response resource is determined. In this way, the network device can determine a first response response corresponding to each first downlink information.
所述网络设备在接收到的第一应答响应中,确定每个第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应后,所述方法还包括:After determining, by the network device, the first response response corresponding to each first downlink information, the method further includes:
当目标第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应为ACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备成功接收到所述目标第一下行信息,其中,所述目标第一下行信息为所述第一下行信息中的一个;When the first response response corresponding to the target first downlink information is ACK, the network device determines that the terminal device successfully receives the target first downlink information, where the target first downlink information is One of the first downlink information;
当所述目标第一下行信息对应的第一应答响应为NACK时,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备未成功接收到所述目标第一下行信息,然后,对所述目标第一下行信息进行重传。When the first response response corresponding to the target first downlink information is NACK, the network device determines that the terminal device does not successfully receive the target first downlink information, and then first targets the target The line information is retransmitted.
采用本申请实施例提供的方法,在所述终端设备使用的BP发生切换后,所述终端设备可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。With the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, after the BP used by the terminal device is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine The second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
基于图2所示的实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信方法。参阅图6所示,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包含图2所示的实施例中的步骤。在本申请实施例中,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。所述第五信息也用于指示一个第四应答响应资源。Based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method. Referring to FIG. 6, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2. In the embodiment of the present application, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource. The fifth information is also used to indicate a fourth response response resource.
本申请实施例中的所述第一下行信息为:在所述终端设备使用的BP切换前,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送的、且在BP切换时所述终端设备仍未向所述网络设备反馈应答响应的一部分下行信息。本申请实施例涉及的第二下行信息为:在所述终端设备使用的BP切换前,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送的、且在BP切换时所述终端设备仍未向所述网络设备反馈应答响应的另一部分下行信息。其中,本申请实施例并不限定所述第一下行信息和所述第二下行信息中包含的下行信息的数量,且所述第一下行信息的数量与所述第二下行信息的数量可以相同,也可以不同,本申请对此不作限定。The first downlink information in the embodiment of the present application is: before the BP handover used by the terminal device, the network device sends the device to the terminal device, and the terminal device is still not in the BP handover. The network device feeds back a portion of the downlink information of the response. The second downlink information related to the embodiment of the present application is: before the BP handover used by the terminal device, the network device sends the device to the terminal device, and the terminal device still does not go to the network when the BP is switched. The device feedbacks another part of the downlink information of the response. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of downlink information included in the first downlink information and the second downlink information, and the number of the first downlink information and the number of the second downlink information. The same may be used or different, and this application does not limit this.
本申请实施例中,所述终端设备可以通过以下两种方式,确定所述第一下行信息的数量与所述第二下行信息的数量:In this embodiment, the terminal device may determine the quantity of the first downlink information and the quantity of the second downlink information in the following two manners:
第一种方法:所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一下行信息的数量与所述第二下行信息的数量;a first method: the terminal device receives the quantity of the first downlink information and the quantity of the second downlink information that are sent by the network device;
第二种方法:所述终端设备根据预定义方式确定所述第一下行信息的数量和所述第二下行信息的数量。The second method: the terminal device determines the quantity of the first downlink information and the quantity of the second downlink information according to a predefined manner.
可选的,本申请实施例中,所述第一下行信息还可以是第一时间单元集合中的下行信息,所述第二下行信息还可以是第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合可以是根据所述网络设备的指示信息确定的,也可以是根据预定义方式确定的;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合包含的时间单元数量可以相同,也可以不同,本申请对此不作限定。其中,所述时间单元可以为系统帧、子帧、时隙、微时隙、时隙聚合、微时隙聚合等,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the first downlink information may be downlink information in a first time unit set, and the second downlink information may also be downlink information in a second time unit set; Each of the first set of time units and the second set of time units includes at least one time unit. The first time unit set and the second time unit set may be determined according to the indication information of the network device, or may be determined according to a predefined manner; the first time unit set and the second The number of time units included in the time unit set may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application. The time unit may be a system frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a slot aggregation, a minislot aggregation, etc., which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例中,所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合根据预定义方式确定的,示例性地,将终端设备接收到BP切换信令前的时间单元按照预定义的方式划分,确定第一时间单元集合和第二时间单元集合;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合还可以称为第一时间单元窗口和第二时间单元窗口,本申请对此不作限定。In this embodiment, the first time unit set and the second time unit set are determined according to a predefined manner. Illustratively, the time unit before receiving the BP handover signaling by the terminal device is in a predefined manner. Dividing, determining a first time unit set and a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second time unit set may also be referred to as a first time unit window and a second time unit window, and the present application Not limited.
如图所示,在所述移动通信系统中针对所述第二下行信息执行的操作与针对所述第一下行信息执行的操作相同。As shown, the operations performed on the second downlink information in the mobile communication system are the same as those performed for the first downlink information.
在该方法中,在S203之前,还包括:In the method, before S203, the method further includes:
S601:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应。S601: The network device sends fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, where a frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and The third response response resource is configured to carry a second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information.
相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第四信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth information from the network device.
S602:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二下行信息。S602: The network device sends the second downlink information to the terminal device.
相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第二下行信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second downlink information from the network device.
在S203之后,还包括:After S203, it also includes:
S603:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应。S603: The network device sends the fifth information to the terminal device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP. And the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response.
相应的,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第五信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fifth information from the network device.
S604:所述终端设备在所述第四应答响应资源上反馈所述第二应答响应。S604: The terminal device feeds back the second response response on the fourth response response resource.
在本申请实施例中,在所述移动通信系统中针对所述第一下行信息和所述第二下行信息执行的操作,可以参见图3或图4所示的通信方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the operations performed on the first downlink information and the second downlink information in the mobile communication system may refer to the description in the embodiment of the communication method shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. , will not repeat them here.
在上述实施例的基础上,示例性地,所述终端设备可以根据所述第一时间单元集合确定对应所述第一时间单元集合的码本大小;所述终端设备根据第一下行信息所在时间单元在第一时间单元中的位置确定对应第一下行信息的第一应答响应在所述码本中的位置,若终端设备在第一时间单元集合中的某个时间单元上没有检测到第一下行信息,则所述码本中对应该时间单元的位置上的第一应答响应为NACK。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, the terminal device may determine, according to the first time unit set, a codebook size corresponding to the first time unit set; the terminal device is located according to the first downlink information. The location of the time unit in the first time unit determines the location of the first response response corresponding to the first downlink information in the codebook, if the terminal device does not detect on a certain time unit in the first time unit set The first downlink response is that the first response response in the codebook corresponding to the location of the time unit is NACK.
所述终端设备确定在第二时间单元集合中的第二下行信息的第二应答响应的方式与上述方式相同,此处不在赘述。The manner in which the terminal device determines the second response of the second downlink information in the second time unit set is the same as the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein.
采用本申请实施例提供的方法,移动通信系统可以对下行信息进行分组,对不同组的下行信息的反馈的应答响应使用不同的应答响应资源,从而提高所述移动通信系统反馈应答响应的灵活性,且每组的下行信息的应答响应占用一个应答响应资源,可以提高资源的利用率。With the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the mobile communication system can group the downlink information, and respond to the feedback of the downlink information of different groups by using different response response resources, thereby improving the flexibility of the feedback response of the mobile communication system. The response of the downlink information of each group occupies a response response resource, which can improve the utilization of resources.
基于以上实施例,本申请还提供了一种通信装置,用于终端设备,所述终端设备应用于如图1所示的移动通信系统,用于实现上述实施例中的通信方法。参阅图7所示,所述通信装置700包括:接收单元701、处理单元702,发送单元703,其中Based on the above embodiments, the present application further provides a communication device for a terminal device, and the terminal device is applied to the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 for implementing the communication method in the foregoing embodiment. Referring to FIG. 7, the communication device 700 includes: a receiving unit 701, a processing unit 702, and a sending unit 703, where
接收单元701,用于从网络设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应;以及The receiving unit 701 is configured to receive, by the network device, the first information, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first The response response resource is configured to carry the first response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
在上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP时,从所述网络设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应;Receiving second information from the network device when the uplink frequency domain resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, where the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the second response response resource The frequency domain resource is in the second BP, and the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response;
处理单元702,用于控制所述发送单元703在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应。The processing unit 702 is configured to control the sending unit 703 to feed back the first response response on the second response response resource.
可选的,所述接收单元701,还用于:Optionally, the receiving unit 701 is further configured to:
从所述网络设备接收切换指示,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。And receiving, by the network device, a handover indication, where the handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
可选的,所述接收单元701,在从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息时,具体用于:Optionally, the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: when receiving the second information from the network device:
从所述终端设备接收携带所述第二信息的下行控制信息DCI;Receiving downlink control information DCI carrying the second information from the terminal device;
所述接收单元701,在从所述网络设备接收所述切换指示时,具体用于:The receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: when receiving the handover indication from the network device,
从所述终端设备接收携带所述切换指示的所述DCI。Receiving, from the terminal device, the DCI carrying the handover indication.
可选的,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
可选的,当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,所述处理单元702,在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应时,具体用于:Optionally, when the number of the first response responses is multiple, the processing unit 702, when the first response response is fed back on the second response response resource, is specifically used to:
控制发送单元703在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应的绑定响应或联合响应。The control sending unit 703 feeds back a binding response or a joint response of the first response response on the second response response resource.
可选的,所述处理单元702,还用于:Optionally, the processing unit 702 is further configured to:
在控制所述发送单元703在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述绑定响应之前,获取所述第一应答响应的数量;Acquiring the number of the first response responses before controlling the sending unit 703 to feed back the binding response on the second response response resource;
根据所述第一应答响应的数量以及接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,生成所述绑定响应。And generating the binding response according to the number of the first response responses and the number of the received first downlink information.
可选的,所述处理单元702,在获取所述第一应答响应的数量时,具体用于:Optionally, the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to: when acquiring the quantity of the first response response:
通过所述接收单元701从所述网络设备接收所述第一应答响应的数量。The number of the first response responses is received by the receiving unit 701 from the network device.
可选的,所述接收单元701,在从所述网络设备接收所述第一应答响应的数量时,具体用于:Optionally, the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: when receiving the quantity of the first response response from the network device:
从所述网络设备接收携带所述第一应答响应的数量的第三信息。Receiving, from the network device, third information carrying the number of the first response responses.
可选的,所述处理单元702,在控制所述发送单元703在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述联合响应时,具体用于:Optionally, the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to: when the sending unit 703 is configured to feed back the joint response on the second response response resource, specifically:
获取物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format,其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的;Obtaining a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when sending the joint response;
根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应;并根据所述第一应答响应,生成所述联合响应;Determining, according to the received first downlink information, the first response response; and generating the joint response according to the first response response;
根据所述PUCCH format,在所述第二应答响应资源上发送所述联合响应。And transmitting the joint response on the second response response resource according to the PUCCH format.
可选的,所述处理单元702,在获取所述PUCCH format时,具体用于:Optionally, the processing unit 702 is specifically configured to: when acquiring the PUCCH format:
通过接收单元701从所述网络设备接收所述PUCCH format;或者Receiving, by the receiving unit 701, the PUCCH format from the network device; or
获取所述第一应答响应的数量,并根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定所述PUCCH format。Obtaining the number of the first response responses, and determining the PUCCH format according to the number of the first response responses.
可选的,所述终端设备生成所述联合响应,包括:Optionally, the terminal device generates the joint response, including:
所述终端设备从所述网设备获取码本信息,所述码本信息指示所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置;The terminal device acquires codebook information from the network device, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook;
所述终端设备根据所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,生成所述联合响应。The terminal device generates the joint response according to the location of the first response response in the codebook.
可选的,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识,或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。Optionally, the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
可选的,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资 源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
可选的,所述处理单元702,控制所述发送单元703在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应时,具体用于:Optionally, the processing unit 702 is configured to: when the sending unit 703 feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource, specifically:
根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应;Determining, according to the received first downlink information, the first response response;
控制所述发送单元703分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,反馈每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。The sending unit 703 controls the first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource.
可选的,所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置;Optionally, the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource;
其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置为:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;或者An offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response; or
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。An offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
可选的,所述处理单元702,还用于:Optionally, the processing unit 702 is further configured to:
在控制所述发送单元703在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应之前,在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置;Determining, in the second information, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, before controlling the sending unit 703 to feed back the first response response on the second response response resource;
根据每个第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源,和每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源。And determining, according to the first response response resource corresponding to each first response response, and the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, determining a second response response resource corresponding to each first response response.
可选的,所述处理单元702,在所述第二信息中,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置时,具体用于:Optionally, the processing unit 702, when determining the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information, is specifically used to:
通过所述接收单元701从所述网络设备获取所述第一下行信息的标识;Obtaining, by the receiving unit 701, an identifier of the first downlink information from the network device;
根据所述第一下行信息的标识,在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置。And determining, according to the identifier of the first downlink information, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information.
可选的,所述接收单元701,在从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息时,具体用于:Optionally, the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: when receiving the second information from the network device:
根据所述终端设备的无线网络临时标识RNTI,从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息。Receiving the second information from the network device according to the wireless network temporary identifier RNTI of the terminal device.
可选的,所述接收单元701,还用于从所述网络设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应;以及Optionally, the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive fourth information from the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the In the first BP, the third response response resource is used to carry the second response of the terminal device to the second downlink information;
从所述网络设备接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应;Receiving, by the network device, the fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and the The four response response resources are used to carry the second response response;
所述处理单元702,还用于控制所述发送单元703在所述第四应答响应资源上反馈所述第二应答响应。The processing unit 702 is further configured to control the sending unit 703 to feed back the second response response on the fourth response response resource.
可选的,所述第一下行信息为第一时间时间单元集合中的下行信息;第二下行信息为第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。Optionally, the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second The set of time units each contain at least one time unit.
本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备,所述终端设备在使用的BP发生切换后,可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应,其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。The embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, after the used BP is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine the frequency domain. The second response response resource of the resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the first response response may be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource, where the first response response is The response of the terminal device to the response of the first downlink information feedback.
基于以上实施例,本申请还提供了一种通信装置,用于网络设备,所述网络设备应用于如图1所示的移动通信系统,用于实现上述实施例中的通信方法。参阅图8所示,所述通信装置800包括:发送单元801、处理单元802,接收单元803,其中Based on the above embodiment, the present application further provides a communication device for a network device, and the network device is applied to the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 for implementing the communication method in the foregoing embodiment. Referring to FIG. 8, the communication device 800 includes: a sending unit 801, a processing unit 802, and a receiving unit 803, wherein
发送单元801,用于向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一带宽部分BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应;The sending unit 801 is configured to send, to the terminal device, the first information, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first bandwidth part BP, and the The first response response resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
处理单元802,用于将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP;The processing unit 802 is configured to switch the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP;
所述发送单元801,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应。The sending unit 801 is further configured to send, to the terminal device, second information, where the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP And the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response.
可选的,所述处理单元802,在将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP时,具体用于:Optionally, the processing unit 802 is specifically configured to: when the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP,
通过所述发送单元801向所述终端设备发送切换指示,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。And transmitting, by the sending unit 801, the handover indication to the terminal device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
可选的,所述发送单元801,在向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息时,具体用于:Optionally, the sending unit 801 is specifically configured to: when sending the second information to the terminal device:
向所述终端设备发送携带所述第二信息的下行控制信息DCI;Transmitting downlink control information DCI carrying the second information to the terminal device;
所述发送单元801,在向所述终端设备发送切换指示时,具体用于:The sending unit 801 is specifically configured to: when sending a handover indication to the terminal device:
将所述切换指示携带在所述DCI中发送给所述终端设备。And transmitting the handover indication to the terminal device in the DCI.
可选的,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
可选的,当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,所述接收单元803,用于在所述发送单元801向所述终端设备发送第二信息之后,在所述第二应答响应资源上接收所述终端设备反馈的所述第一应答响应的绑定响应或联合响应。Optionally, when the number of the first response responses is multiple, the receiving unit 803 is configured to, after the sending unit 801 sends the second information to the terminal device, the second response response. Receiving, by the resource, a binding response or a joint response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device.
可选的,所述发送单元801,还用于:Optionally, the sending unit 801 is further configured to:
在所述接收单元803接收所述终端设备反馈的所述绑定响应之前,向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量。Before the receiving unit 803 receives the binding response fed back by the terminal device, the number of the first response responses is sent to the terminal device.
可选的,所述发送单元801,在向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量时,具体用于:Optionally, the sending unit 801 is specifically configured to: when the number of the first response is sent to the terminal device:
向所述终端设备发送携带所述第一应答响应的数量的第三信息。Sending, to the terminal device, third information carrying the number of the first response responses.
可选的,所述处理单元802,还用于:Optionally, the processing unit 802 is further configured to:
在所述接收单元803接收所述终端设备反馈的所述联合响应之前,根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format,并通过所述发送单元801向所述终端设备发送所述PUCCH format,其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的。Before the receiving unit 803 receives the joint response that is sent by the terminal device, determining a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format according to the number of the first response responses, and using the sending unit 801 to the terminal device And transmitting the PUCCH format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when sending the joint response.
可选的,所述发送单元801,还用于:Optionally, the sending unit 801 is further configured to:
在所述接收单元803接收所述终端设备反馈的所述联合响应之前,向所述终端设备发送码本信息,所述码本信息指示所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置。And before the receiving unit 803 receives the joint response fed back by the terminal device, sending codebook information to the terminal device, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook.
可选的,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识,或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。Optionally, the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
可选的,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资 源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
可选的,所述接收单元803,具体用于:Optionally, the receiving unit 803 is specifically configured to:
在所述发送单元801向所述终端设备发送第二信息之后,分别在所述至少一个第二应答响应资源中每个第二应答响应资源上,接收所述终端设备反馈的每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。After the sending unit 801 sends the second information to the terminal device, each second response that is fed back by the terminal device is received on each second response response resource in the at least one second response response resource. The first response response corresponding to the response resource.
可选的,所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置;Optionally, the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource;
其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置为:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;或者An offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response; or
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。An offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
可选的,所述发送单元801,还用于:Optionally, the sending unit 801 is further configured to:
在所述处理单元802将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之后,向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行信息的标识。After the processing unit 802 switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, the identifier of the first downlink information is sent to the terminal device.
可选的,所述发送单元801,在向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息时,具体用于:Optionally, the sending unit 801 is specifically configured to: when sending the second information to the terminal device:
根据为所述终端设备配置的无线网络临时标识RNTI,向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息。And transmitting, according to the radio network temporary identifier RNTI configured for the terminal device, the second information to the terminal device.
可选的,所述发送单元801,还用于:Optionally, the sending unit 801 is further configured to:
在所述处理单元802将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之前,向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应;Before the processing unit 802 switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, sending fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate The third response response resource, the frequency response resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the third response response resource is used to carry the second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information;
在所述处理单元802将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之后,向所述终端设备发送第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应。After the processing unit 802 switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, sending, to the terminal device, fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate The fourth response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response.
可选的,所述第一下行信息为第一时间时间单元集合中的下行信息;第二下行信息为第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。Optionally, the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second The set of time units each contain at least one time unit.
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备,所述网络设备在通知终端设备利用频域资源在第一BP内的第一应答响应资源承载第一应答响应后,将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP,然后所述网络设备继续通知所述终端设备利用频域资源在所述第二BP内的第二应答响应资源承载所述第一应答响应。其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。通过上述方案,所述终端设备在使用的BP发生切换后,可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。The embodiment of the present application provides a network device, after the network device notifies the terminal device to use the frequency domain resource to transmit the first response response in the first response response resource in the first BP, and then uplink the frequency domain of the terminal device. The resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using a second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP. The first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback. After the handover of the used BP, the terminal device may determine the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the terminal response resource may be used on the second response response resource. The network device feeds back the first response response.
应理解以上通信装置的各个单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且这些单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,通信装置中的处理单元可以 为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在通信装置内的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于通信装置的存储器中,由通信装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。其它单元的实现与之类似。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件可以是一种集成电路,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。此外,以上通信装置中的接收单元是一种控制接收的单元,可以通过通信装置的接收装置,例如天线和射频装置接收对端发送的信息。以上通信装置中的发送单元是一种控制发送的单元,可以通过通信装置的发送装置,例如天线和射频装置向对端发送信息。It should be understood that the division of each unit of the above communication device is only a division of a logical function, and may be integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in whole or in part. Moreover, these units may all be implemented in the form of software by means of processing component calls; or may be implemented entirely in hardware; some units may be implemented in software in the form of processing component calls, and some units may be implemented in hardware. For example, the processing unit in the communication device may be a separately set processing element, or may be implemented in one of the chips in the communication device, or may be stored in the memory of the communication device in the form of a program, by the communication device. A processing component calls and executes the function of the unit. The implementation of other units is similar. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated or implemented independently. The processing elements described herein can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in a form of software. In addition, the receiving unit in the above communication device is a unit for controlling reception, and the information transmitted by the opposite end can be received by the receiving device of the communication device, such as an antenna and a radio frequency device. The transmitting unit in the above communication device is a unit for controlling transmission, and information can be transmitted to the opposite end through a transmitting device of the communication device, such as an antenna and a radio frequency device.
例如,以上这些单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。再如,当以上某个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。For example, the above units may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital) Signal processor, DSP), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). As another example, when one of the above units is implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, the processing element can be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can invoke the program. As another example, these units can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,用于终端设备,所述终端设备应用于如图1所示的移动通信系统中,用于实现上述实施例提供的通信方法,具有如图7所示的通信装置700的功能。参阅图9所示,所述通信装置900包括:收发器901、处理器902以及存储器903。其中,所述收发器901、所述处理器902以及所述存储器903之间相互连接。Based on the above embodiments, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which is used in a mobile device, and is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 to implement the communication method provided by the foregoing embodiment. There is a function of the communication device 700 as shown in FIG. Referring to FIG. 9, the communication device 900 includes a transceiver 901, a processor 902, and a memory 903. The transceiver 901, the processor 902, and the memory 903 are connected to each other.
可选的,所述收发器901、所述处理器902以及所述存储器903之间通过总线904相互连接。所述总线904可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图9中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Optionally, the transceiver 901, the processor 902, and the memory 903 are connected to each other by a bus 904. The bus 904 can be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
所述收发器901,用于接收和发送数据,实现与所述移动通信系统中其他设备(如网络设备)之间的通信。The transceiver 901 is configured to receive and transmit data to implement communication with other devices (such as network devices) in the mobile communication system.
所述处理器902,用于实现上述实施例提供的通信方法,包括:The processor 902 is configured to implement the communication method provided in the foregoing embodiment, including:
通过所述收发器901从网络设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应;Receiving first information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, where the first information is used to indicate a first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first The response response resource is configured to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information.
在上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP时,通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应;Receiving, by the transceiver 901, second information from the network device when the uplink frequency domain resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, where the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, The frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response;
通过所述收发器901在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应。The first response response is fed back by the transceiver 901 on the second response response resource.
可选的,所述处理器902还用于:Optionally, the processor 902 is further configured to:
通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收切换指示,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。Receiving, by the transceiver 901, a handover indication from the network device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
可选的,所述处理器902在通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息时,具体用于:Optionally, when the processor 902 receives the second information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
通过所述收发器901从所述终端设备接收携带所述第二信息的下行控制信息DCI;Receiving downlink control information DCI carrying the second information from the terminal device by using the transceiver 901;
所述处理器902在通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收所述切换指示,包括:The receiving, by the processor 902, the switching indication from the network device by using the transceiver 901, includes:
通过所述收发器901从所述终端设备接收携带所述切换指示的所述DCI。The DCI carrying the handover indication is received by the transceiver 901 from the terminal device.
可选的,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
可选的,当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,所述处理器902在通过所述收发器901在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应时,具体用于:Optionally, when the number of the first response responses is multiple, the processor 902 specifically uses the first response response when the transceiver 901 feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource. to:
通过所述收发器901在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应的绑定响应或联合响应。And transmitting, by the transceiver 901, a binding response or a joint response of the first response response on the second response response resource.
可选的,所述处理器902还用于:Optionally, the processor 902 is further configured to:
在通过所述收发器901在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述绑定响应之前,获取所述第一应答响应的数量;Acquiring the number of the first response responses before the binding response is fed back by the transceiver 901 on the second response response resource;
根据所述第一应答响应的数量以及接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,生成所述绑定响应。And generating the binding response according to the number of the first response responses and the number of the received first downlink information.
可选的,所述处理器902在获取所述第一应答响应的数量时,具体用于:Optionally, when acquiring the quantity of the first response, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收所述第一应答响应的数量。The number of the first response responses is received by the transceiver 901 from the network device.
可选的,所述处理器902在通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收所述第一应答响应的数量时,具体用于:Optionally, when the processor 902 receives the number of the first response responses from the network device by using the transceiver 901, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收携带所述第一应答响应的数量的第三信息。The third information carrying the number of the first response responses is received by the transceiver 901 from the network device.
可选的,所述处理器902在通过所述收发器901在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述联合响应时,具体用于:Optionally, when the processor 902 feeds back the joint response on the second response response resource by using the transceiver 901, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
获取物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format,其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的;Obtaining a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when sending the joint response;
根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应;并根据所述第一应答响应,生成所述联合响应;Determining, according to the received first downlink information, the first response response; and generating the joint response according to the first response response;
根据所述PUCCH format,在所述第二应答响应资源上发送所述联合响应。And transmitting the joint response on the second response response resource according to the PUCCH format.
可选的,所述处理器902在获取所述PUCCH format时,具体用于:Optionally, when acquiring the PUCCH format, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收所述PUCCH format;或者Receiving, by the transceiver 901, the PUCCH format from the network device; or
获取所述第一应答响应的数量,并根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定所述PUCCH format。Obtaining the number of the first response responses, and determining the PUCCH format according to the number of the first response responses.
可选的,所述处理器902在生成所述联合响应时,具体用于:Optionally, when the processor 902 generates the joint response, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
通过所述收发器901从所述网设备获取码本信息,所述码本信息指示所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置;Obtaining codebook information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook;
根据所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,生成所述联合响应。The joint response is generated according to the location of the first response response in the codebook.
可选的,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识,或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。Optionally, the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
可选的,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
可选的,所述处理器902在通过所述收发器901在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述 第一应答响应时,包括:Optionally, when the processor 902 feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource by using the transceiver 901, the method 902 includes:
根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应;Determining, according to the received first downlink information, the first response response;
通过所述收发器901分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,反馈每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。The first response response corresponding to each second response response resource is fed back to each of the second response response resources by the transceiver 901.
可选的,所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置;Optionally, the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource;
其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置为:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;或者An offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response; or
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。An offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
可选的,所述处理器902还用于:Optionally, the processor 902 is further configured to:
在通过所述收发器901在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应之前,在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置;Determining, in the second information, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, before the first response response is fed back by the transceiver 901 on the second response response resource;
根据每个第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源,和每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源。And determining, according to the first response response resource corresponding to each first response response, and the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, determining a second response response resource corresponding to each first response response.
可选的,所述处理器902在所述第二信息中,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置时,具体用于:Optionally, the determining, by the processor 902, the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information is specifically used to:
通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备获取所述第一下行信息的标识;Obtaining, by the transceiver 901, an identifier of the first downlink information from the network device;
根据所述第一下行信息的标识,在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置。And determining, according to the identifier of the first downlink information, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information.
可选的,所述处理器902在通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息时,具体用于:Optionally, when the processor 902 receives the second information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, the processor 902 is specifically configured to:
所述终端设备根据所述终端设备的无线网络临时标识RNTI,通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息。The terminal device receives the second information from the network device by using the transceiver 901 according to the radio network temporary identifier RNTI of the terminal device.
可选的,所述处理器902还用于:Optionally, the processor 902 is further configured to:
通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应;Receiving fourth information from the network device by using the transceiver 901, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, where a frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and The third response response resource is configured to carry a second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information.
通过所述收发器901从所述网络设备接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应;Receiving, by the transceiver 901, fifth information from the network device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP And the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response;
通过所述收发器901在所述第四应答响应资源上反馈所述第二应答响应。The second response response is fed back by the transceiver 901 on the fourth response response resource.
可选的,所述第一下行信息为第一时间时间单元集合中的下行信息;第二下行信息为第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。Optionally, the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second The set of time units each contain at least one time unit.
所述存储器903,用于存放程序指令等。具体地,程序指令可以包括程序代码,该程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器903可能包含随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory),例如至少一个磁盘存储器。处理器902执行存储器903所存放的程序指令,实现上述功能,从而实现上述实施例提供的通信方法。The memory 903 is configured to store program instructions and the like. In particular, program instructions may include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. The memory 903 may include a random access memory (RAM), and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk storage. The processor 902 executes the program instructions stored in the memory 903 to implement the above functions, thereby implementing the communication method provided by the above embodiments.
本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备,所述终端设备在使用的BP发生切换后,可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应,其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。The embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, after the used BP is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine the frequency domain. The second response response resource of the resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the first response response may be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource, where the first response response is The response of the terminal device to the response of the first downlink information feedback.
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,用于网络设备,所述网络设备应用于如图1所示的移动通信系统中,用于实现上述实施例提供的通信方法,具有如图8所示的通信装置800的功能。参阅图10所示,所述通信装置1000包括:收发器1001、处理器1002以及存储器1003。其中,所述收发器1001、所述处理器1002以及所述存储器1003之间相互连接。Based on the above embodiments, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which is used in a network device, where the network device is used in the mobile communication system shown in FIG. 1 to implement the communication method provided by the foregoing embodiment. There is a function of the communication device 800 as shown in FIG. Referring to FIG. 10, the communication device 1000 includes a transceiver 1001, a processor 1002, and a memory 1003. The transceiver 1001, the processor 1002, and the memory 1003 are connected to each other.
可选的,所述收发器1001、所述处理器1002以及所述存储器1003之间通过总线1004相互连接。所述总线1004可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图10中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Optionally, the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002, and the memory 1003 are connected to each other by a bus 1004. The bus 1004 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 10, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
所述收发器1001,用于接收和发送数据,实现与所述移动通信系统中其他设备(如终端设备)之间的通信。The transceiver 1001 is configured to receive and transmit data to implement communication with other devices (such as terminal devices) in the mobile communication system.
所述处理器1002,用于实现上述实施例提供的通信方法,包括:The processor 1002 is configured to implement the communication method provided in the foregoing embodiment, including:
通过所述收发器1001向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一带宽部分BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应;Transmitting, by the transceiver 1001, first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate a first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first bandwidth part BP, and the The first response response resource is used to carry the first response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP;Switching the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP;
通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应。Transmitting, by the transceiver 1001, the second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and The second response response resource is configured to carry the first response response.
可选的,所述处理器1002在将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP时,具体用于:Optionally, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to: when the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP,
通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送切换指示,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。And transmitting, by the transceiver 1001, a handover indication to the terminal device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
可选的,所述处理器1002在通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息时,具体用于:Optionally, when the processor 1002 sends the second information to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to:
通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送携带所述第二信息的下行控制信息DCI;Transmitting, by the transceiver 1001, the downlink control information DCI carrying the second information to the terminal device;
所述处理器1002在通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送切换指示时,具体用于:When the processor 1002 sends a handover indication to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to:
将所述切换指示携带在所述DCI中发送给所述终端设备。And transmitting the handover indication to the terminal device in the DCI.
可选的,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
可选的,当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,所述处理器1002还用于:Optionally, when the number of the first response responses is multiple, the processor 1002 is further configured to:
在通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送第二信息之后,通过所述收发器1001在所述第二应答响应资源上接收所述终端设备反馈的所述第一应答响应的绑定响应或联合响应。After transmitting the second information to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, receiving, by the transceiver 1001, a binding response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device on the second response response resource Or a joint response.
可选的,所述处理器1002还用于:Optionally, the processor 1002 is further configured to:
在通过所述收发器1001接收所述终端设备反馈的所述绑定响应之前,通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量。The number of the first response responses is transmitted to the terminal device by the transceiver 1001 before receiving the binding response fed back by the terminal device through the transceiver 1001.
可选的,所述处理器1002在通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量时,具体用于:Optionally, when the processor 1002 sends the number of the first response response to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, specifically, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to:
通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送携带所述第一应答响应的数量的第三信息。The third information carrying the number of the first response responses is sent to the terminal device by the transceiver 1001.
可选的,所述处理器1002还用于:Optionally, the processor 1002 is further configured to:
在通过所述收发器1001接收所述终端设备反馈的所述联合响应之前,根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format;其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的Determining, according to the number of the first response responses, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format, where the PUCCH format is the terminal device, before receiving, by the transceiver 1001, the joint response that is sent by the terminal device Used in sending the joint response
通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送所述PUCCH format。The PUCCH format is transmitted to the terminal device through the transceiver 1001.
可选的,所述处理器1002还用于:Optionally, the processor 1002 is further configured to:
在通过所述收发器1001接收所述终端设备反馈的所述联合响应之前,通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送码本信息,所述码本信息指示所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置。Sending codebook information to the terminal device through the transceiver 1001 before receiving the joint response fed back by the terminal device by the transceiver 1001, the codebook information indicating that the first response response is in a code The location in this.
可选的,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识,或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。Optionally, the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
可选的,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to a first response response in the first response response.
可选的,所述处理器1002还用于:Optionally, the processor 1002 is further configured to:
在通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送第二信息之后,通过所述收发器1001分别在所述至少一个第二应答响应资源中每个第二应答响应资源上,接收所述终端设备反馈的每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。After the second information is sent to the terminal device by the transceiver 1001, the transceiver device 1001 receives the terminal device on each second response response resource in the at least one second response response resource. The first response response corresponding to each second response response resource is fed back.
可选的,所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置;Optionally, the second information includes an offset of the at least one second response response resource;
其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置为:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;或者An offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response; or
所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。An offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
可选的,所述处理器1002还用于:Optionally, the processor 1002 is further configured to:
在将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之后,通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行信息的标识。After the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP, the identifier of the first downlink information is sent to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001.
可选的,所述处理器1002在通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息时,具体用于:Optionally, when the processor 1002 sends the second information to the terminal device by using the transceiver 1001, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to:
根据为所述终端设备配置的无线网络临时标识RNTI,通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息。And transmitting, by the transceiver 1001, the second information to the terminal device according to a radio network temporary identifier RNTI configured for the terminal device.
可选的,所述处理器1002还用于:Optionally, the processor 1002 is further configured to:
在将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之前,通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应;Before the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP, sending, by the transceiver 1001, fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the third response response resource is used to carry the second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information. ;
在将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之后,通过所述收发器1001向所述终端设备发送第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应。After the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP, the transceiver 1001 sends a fifth information to the terminal device, where the fifth information is used to indicate The fourth response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and the fourth response response resource is used to carry the second response response.
可选的,所述第一下行信息为第一时间时间单元集合中的下行信息;第二下行信息为第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。Optionally, the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; the first time unit set and the second The set of time units each contain at least one time unit.
所述存储器1003,用于存放程序指令等。具体地,程序指令可以包括程序代码,该程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器1003可能包含RAM,也可能还包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器。处理器1002执行存储器1003所存放的程序指令,实现上述功能,从而实现上述实施例提供的通信方法。The memory 1003 is configured to store program instructions and the like. In particular, program instructions may include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. The memory 1003 may include RAM and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage. The processor 1002 executes the program instructions stored in the memory 1003 to implement the above functions, thereby implementing the communication method provided by the above embodiments.
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备,所述网络设备在通知终端设备利用频域资源在第一BP内的第一应答响应资源承载第一应答响应后,将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP,然后所述网络设备继续通知所述终端设备利用频域资源在所述第二BP内的第二应答响应资源承载所述第一应答响应。其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。通过上述方案,所述终端设备在使用的BP发生切换后,可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。The embodiment of the present application provides a network device, after the network device notifies the terminal device to use the frequency domain resource to transmit the first response response in the first response response resource in the first BP, and then uplink the frequency domain of the terminal device. The resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to carry the first response response by using a second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP. The first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback. After the handover of the used BP, the terminal device may determine the second response response resource of the frequency domain resource in the second BP after the handover, so that the terminal response resource may be used on the second response response resource. The network device feeds back the first response response.
请参考图11,其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的用于终端设备的通信装置,用于实现以上实施例中终端设备的操作。如图11所示,该终端设备包括:天线1110、射频装置1120、基带装置1130。天线1110与射频装置1120连接。在下行方向上,射频装置1120通过天线1110接收网络设备发送的信息,将网络设备发送的信息发送给基带装置1130进行处理。在上行方向上,基带装置1130对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1120,射频装置1120对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1110发送给网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. It may be the communication device for the terminal device in the above embodiment, for implementing the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 11, the terminal device includes an antenna 1110, a radio frequency device 1120, and a baseband device 1130. The antenna 1110 is connected to the radio frequency device 1120. In the downlink direction, the radio frequency device 1120 receives the information transmitted by the network device through the antenna 1110, and transmits the information sent by the network device to the baseband device 1130 for processing. In the uplink direction, the baseband device 1130 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the radio device 1120. The radio device 1120 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the network device through the antenna 1110.
基带装置1130可以包括调制解调子系统,用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理。还可以包括中央处理子系统,用于实现对终端设备操作系统以及应用层的处理。此外,还可以包括其它子系统,例如多媒体子系统,周边子系统等,其中多媒体子系统用于实现对终端设备相机,屏幕显示等的控制,周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。调制解调子系统可以为单独设置的芯片。可选的,以上终端设备便可以在该调制解调子系统上实现。The baseband device 1130 can include a modem subsystem for effecting processing of various communication protocol layers of data. A central processing subsystem may also be included for implementing processing of the terminal device operating system and the application layer. In addition, other subsystems, such as a multimedia subsystem, a peripheral subsystem, etc., may be included, wherein the multimedia subsystem is used to implement control of the terminal device camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to implement connection with other devices. The modem subsystem can be a separately set chip. Optionally, the above terminal device can be implemented on the modem subsystem.
在一种实现中,图11所示的各个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如基带装置1130的某个子系统,例如调制解调子系统,包括处理元件1131和存储元件1132,处理元件1131调用存储元件1132存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。此外,该基带装置1130还可以包括接口1133,用于与射频装置1120交互信息。In one implementation, the various units shown in FIG. 11 are implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, such as a subsystem of baseband apparatus 1130, such as a modem subsystem, including processing element 1131 and storage element 1132, processing element 1131 The program stored by the storage element 1132 is invoked to perform the method performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. In addition, the baseband device 1130 can also include an interface 1133 for interacting with the radio frequency device 1120.
在另一种实现中,图2所示的各个单元可以是被配置成实施以上终端设备执行的方法的一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置1130的某个子系统上,例如调制解调子系统上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the various units shown in FIG. 2 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the above terminal devices, the processing elements being disposed on a subsystem of the baseband device 1130, such as modulation On the demodulation subsystem, the processing elements herein may be integrated circuits, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, and the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
例如,图7所示的各个单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC) 的形式实现,例如,基带装置1130包括SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件1131和存储元件1132,由处理元件1131调用存储元件1132的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端设备执行的方法或图7所示各个单元的功能;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上终端设备执行的方法或图7所示各个单元的功能;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。For example, the various units shown in FIG. 7 can be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the baseband device 1130 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method. The processing element 1131 and the storage element 1132 may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal device or the function of each unit shown in FIG. 7 may be implemented by the processing element 1131 in the form of a stored program of the storage element 1132; or, the chip may be Integrating at least one integrated circuit for implementing the method performed by the above terminal device or the function of each unit shown in FIG. 7; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the function of the partial unit is implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of some units are It is realized in the form of an integrated circuit.
不管采用何种方式,总之,以上所述终端设备包括至少一个处理元件和存储元件,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的终端设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即执行存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤。Regardless of the manner, in summary, the terminal device described above comprises at least one processing element and a storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method performed by the terminal device provided by the above method embodiment. The processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment in a manner of executing the program stored in the storage element in a first manner; or in a second manner: by hardware in the processor element The integrated logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instructions; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode. .
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。The processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
请参考图12,其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的用于网络设备的通信装置,用于实现以上实施例中网络设备的操作。如图12所示,该网络设备包括:天线1210、射频装置1220、基带装置1230。天线1210与射频装置1220连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1220通过天线1210接收终端设备发送的信息,将终端设备发送的信息发送给基带装置1230进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置1230对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1220,射频装置1220对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1210发送给终端设备。Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the communication device for the network device in the above embodiment, for implementing the operation of the network device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 12, the network device includes an antenna 1210, a radio frequency device 1220, and a baseband device 1230. The antenna 1210 is coupled to the radio frequency device 1220. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1220 receives the information transmitted by the terminal device through the antenna 1210, and transmits the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 1230 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 1230 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the radio device 1220. The radio device 1220 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the terminal device through the antenna 1210.
基带装置1230可以为物理上的一个装置,也可以包括物理上分开的至少两个装置,例如包括CU和至少一个DU。其中DU可以和射频装置1220集成在一个装置内,也可以物理上分开。对于基带装置1230在物理上分开的至少两个装置之间在协议层上的划分不做限制,例如,基带装置1230用于执行RRC,PDCP,RLC,MAC和物理层等协议层的处理,可以在任意两个协议层之间划分,使得基带装置包括物理上分开的两个装置,分别用于进行各自负责的协议层的处理。例如,在RRC和PDCP之间划分,再如,可以在PDCP和RLC之间划分等。此外,也可以在协议层内划分,例如将某个协议层部分和该协议层以上的协议层划分在一个装置中,该协议层剩余部分和该协议层以下的协议层划分在另一个装置中。以上网络设备可以位于基带装置1230的物理上分开的至少两个装置中的一个装置上。The baseband device 1230 may be a physical device or may include at least two devices that are physically separated, for example, including a CU and at least one DU. The DU can be integrated with the radio frequency device 1220 in one device or physically separated. There is no limitation on the division of the protocol layer between the at least two devices physically separated by the baseband device 1230. For example, the baseband device 1230 is configured to perform protocol layer processing such as RRC, PDCP, RLC, MAC, and physical layer, and may The division between any two protocol layers is such that the baseband device comprises two physically separate devices for performing the processing of the respective responsible protocol layers. For example, it is divided between RRC and PDCP, and, for example, it can be divided between PDCP and RLC. In addition, it may also be divided within the protocol layer, for example, a protocol layer part and a protocol layer above the protocol layer are divided into one device, and the remaining part of the protocol layer and the protocol layer below the protocol layer are divided into another device. . The above network device can be located on one of the physically separate at least two devices of the baseband device 1230.
网络设备可以包括多个基带板,基带板上可以集成多个处理元件,以实现所需要的功能。基带装置1230可以包括至少一个基带板,以上网络设备可以位于基带装置1230,在一种实现中,图8所示的各个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如基带装置1230包括处理元件1231和存储元件1232,处理元件1231调用存储元件1232存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的方法。此外,该基带装置1230还可以包括接口1233, 用于与射频装置1220交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI),当基带装置1230与射频装置1220物理上布置在一起时,该接口1231可以为板内接口,或板间接口,这里的板是指电路板。The network device can include a plurality of baseband boards on which a plurality of processing elements can be integrated to achieve the desired functionality. The baseband device 1230 can include at least one baseband board, and the above network device can be located in the baseband device 1230. In one implementation, the various units shown in FIG. 8 are implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, such as the baseband device 1230 including the processing component 1231 and The storage element 1232, the processing element 1231 invokes a program stored by the storage element 1232 to perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. In addition, the baseband device 1230 may further include an interface 1233 for interacting with the radio frequency device 1220, such as a common public radio interface (CPRI), when the baseband device 1230 and the radio frequency device 1220 are physically disposed. When together, the interface 1231 can be an intra-board interface, or an inter-board interface, where the board refers to a circuit board.
在另一种实现中,图8所示的各个单元可以是被配置成实施以上网络设备执行的方法的一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置1230上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the various units shown in FIG. 8 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the network device above, the processing elements being disposed on baseband device 1230, where the processing elements may be An integrated circuit, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, and the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
例如,图8所示的各个单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置1230包括SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件1231和存储元件1232,由处理元件1231调用存储元件1232的存储的程序的形式实现以上网络设备执行的方法或图8所示各个单元的功能。或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上网络设备执行的方法或图8所示各个单元的功能。或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。For example, the various units shown in FIG. 8 can be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the baseband device 1230 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method. The processing element 1231 and the storage element 1232 may be integrated within the chip, and the method performed by the above network device or the functions of the respective units shown in FIG. 8 may be implemented by the processing element 1231 invoking the stored program of the storage element 1232. Alternatively, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip for implementing the method performed by the above network device or the functions of the respective units shown in FIG. Alternatively, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of the partial units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of the partial units are implemented by the form of an integrated circuit.
不管采用何种方式,总之,以上网络设备包括至少一个处理元件和存储元件,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的网络设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即执行存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤。Regardless of the manner, in summary, the above network device includes at least one processing element and storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method performed by the network device provided by the above method embodiments. The processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiment in a manner of executing the program stored in the storage element in a first manner; or in a second manner: through hardware in the processor element The integrated logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instructions; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode. .
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。The processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法及装置,在该方法中,在网络设备通知终端设备利用频域资源在第一BP内的第一应答响应资源承载第一应答响应后,将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP,然后所述网络设备继续通知所述终端设备利用频域资源在所述第二BP内的第二应答响应资源承载所述第一应答响应。其中,所述第一应答响应为所述终端设备对第一下行信息反馈的应答响应。通过上述方案,在所述终端设备使用的BP发生切换后,所述终端设备可以不再继续在所述第一应答响应资源上发送所述第一应答响应,而是可以确定频域资源在切换后的第二BP内的第二应答响应资源,从而可以在所述第二应答响应资源上向所述网络设备反馈所述第一应答响应。In summary, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and apparatus, in which, after the network device notifies the terminal device to use the frequency domain resource in the first BP, the first response response resource carries the first response response. And switching the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, and then the network device continues to notify the terminal device to use the second response response of the frequency domain resource in the second BP. The resource carries the first response response. The first response response is a response response of the terminal device to the first downlink information feedback. After the BP used by the terminal device is switched, the terminal device may not continue to send the first response response on the first response response resource, but may determine that the frequency domain resource is in the handover. The second response within the second BP is responsive to the resource, such that the first response response can be fed back to the network device on the second response response resource.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Thus, the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或 方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。This application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made in the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and variations of the present invention.

Claims (42)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    终端设备从网络设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应;The terminal device receives the first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first BP, and the first response response resource is used by Transmitting, by the terminal device, a first response response to the first downlink information;
    所述终端设备在上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP时,从所述网络设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应;The terminal device receives second information from the network device when the uplink frequency domain resource is switched from the first BP to the second BP, where the second information is used to indicate the second response response resource, the second The frequency domain resource of the response response resource is in the second BP, and the second response response resource is used to carry the first response response;
    所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应。The terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收切换指示,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。The terminal device receives a handover indication from the network device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that an uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息,包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the receiving, by the terminal device, the second information from the network device comprises:
    所述终端设备从所述终端设备接收携带所述第二信息的下行控制信息DCI;Receiving, by the terminal device, downlink control information DCI carrying the second information from the terminal device;
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述切换指示,包括:Receiving, by the terminal device, the handover indication from the network device, including:
    所述终端设备从所述终端设备接收携带所述切换指示的所述DCI。The terminal device receives, from the terminal device, the DCI carrying the handover indication.
  4. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。The method of any of claims 1-3, wherein the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应,包括:The method of claim 4, wherein when the number of the first response responses is multiple, the terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource, including:
    所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应的绑定响应或联合响应。The terminal device feeds back a binding response or a joint response of the first response response on the second response response resource.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述绑定响应之前,还包括:The method of claim 5, wherein before the terminal device feeds back the binding response on the second response response resource, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量;The terminal device acquires the number of the first response responses;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一应答响应的数量以及接收的所述第一下行信息的数量,生成所述绑定响应。The terminal device generates the binding response according to the number of the first response responses and the number of the received first downlink information.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量,包括:The method of claim 6, wherein the acquiring, by the terminal device, the number of the first response, comprises:
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第一应答响应的数量。The terminal device receives the number of the first response responses from the network device.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第一应答响应的数量,包括:The method of claim 7, wherein the receiving, by the terminal device, the number of the first response responses from the network device comprises:
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收携带所述第一应答响应的数量的第三信息。The terminal device receives, from the network device, third information that carries the number of the first response responses.
  9. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述联合响应,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the terminal device feeds back the joint response on the second response response resource, including:
    所述终端设备获取物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format,其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的;The terminal device acquires a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format, where the PUCCH format is used by the terminal device when sending the joint response;
    所述终端设备根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应;并根据所述 第一应答响应,生成所述联合响应;Determining, by the terminal device, the first response response according to the received first downlink information, and generating the joint response according to the first response response;
    所述终端设备根据所述PUCCH format,在所述第二应答响应资源上发送所述联合响应。The terminal device sends the joint response on the second response response resource according to the PUCCH format.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备获取所述PUCCH format,包括:The method of claim 9, wherein the acquiring, by the terminal device, the PUCCH format comprises:
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述PUCCH format;或者Receiving, by the terminal device, the PUCCH format from the network device; or
    所述终端设备获取所述第一应答响应的数量,并根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定所述PUCCH format。The terminal device acquires the number of the first response responses, and determines the PUCCH format according to the number of the first response responses.
  11. 如权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备生成所述联合响应,包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the generating, by the terminal device, the joint response comprises:
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备获取码本信息,所述码本信息指示所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置;The terminal device acquires codebook information from the network device, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置,生成所述联合响应。The terminal device generates the joint response according to the location of the first response response in the codebook.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识,或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。The method according to claim 11, wherein the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  13. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to the first response response. A first response response.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应,包括:The method of claim 13, wherein the terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource, including:
    所述终端设备根据接收到的所述第一下行信息,确定所述第一应答响应;Determining, by the terminal device, the first response response according to the received first downlink information;
    所述终端设备分别在每个第二应答响应资源上,反馈每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。The terminal device feeds back a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource on each second response response resource.
  15. 如权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置;The method of claim 13 or 14, wherein the second information comprises an offset of the at least one second response response resource;
    其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置为:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
    所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;或者An offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response; or
    所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。An offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备在所述第二应答响应资源上反馈所述第一应答响应之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, wherein the method further comprises: before the terminal device feeds back the first response response on the second response response resource, the method further comprising:
    所述终端设备在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置;Determining, by the terminal device, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information;
    所述终端设备根据每个第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源,和每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源。Determining, by the terminal device, the second response response corresponding to each first response response according to the first response response resource corresponding to each first response response and the offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response Resources.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备在所述第二信息中,确定每个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the terminal device determines, in the second information, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response, including:
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备获取所述第一下行信息的标识;Obtaining, by the terminal device, an identifier of the first downlink information from the network device;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一下行信息的标识,在所述第二信息中确定每个第一应答响 应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置。And determining, by the terminal device, an offset of the second response response resource corresponding to each first response response in the second information according to the identifier of the first downlink information.
  18. 如权利要求13-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 13-17, wherein the receiving, by the terminal device, the second information from the network device comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述终端设备的无线网络临时标识RNTI,从所述网络设备接收所述第二信息。The terminal device receives the second information from the network device according to the radio network temporary identifier RNTI of the terminal device.
  19. 如权利要求4-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 4-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应;The terminal device receives fourth information from the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the The third response response resource is configured to carry a second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information.
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应;The terminal device receives the fifth information from the network device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, And the fourth response response resource is configured to carry the second response response;
    所述终端设备在所述第四应答响应资源上反馈所述第二应答响应。The terminal device feeds back the second response response on the fourth response response resource.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一下行信息为第一时间时间单元集合中的下行信息;第二下行信息为第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。The method according to claim 19, wherein the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; Both the set of time units and the set of second time units comprise at least one time unit.
  21. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一应答响应资源,所述第一应答响应资源的频域资源在第一带宽部分BP内,且所述第一应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第一下行信息的第一应答响应;The network device sends the first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate the first response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the first response response resource is in the first bandwidth part BP, and the first response response The resource is used to carry the first response of the terminal device to the first downlink information;
    所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到第二BP;The network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二应答响应资源,所述第二应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第二应答响应资源用于承载所述第一应答响应。Transmitting, by the network device, the second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the second response response resource is in the second BP, and the The second response response resource is configured to carry the first response response.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP,包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the switching, by the network device, the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送切换指示,所述切换指示用于指示所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP。The network device sends a handover indication to the terminal device, where the handover indication is used to indicate that the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device is switched from the first BP to the second BP.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 22 wherein:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息,包括:Sending, by the network device, the second information to the terminal device, including:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送携带所述第二信息的下行控制信息DCI;Transmitting, by the network device, downlink control information DCI carrying the second information to the terminal device;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送切换指示,包括:Sending, by the network device, a handover indication to the terminal device, including:
    所述网络设备将所述切换指示携带在所述DCI中发送给所述终端设备。The network device carries the handover indication in the DCI and sends the handover indication to the terminal device.
  24. 如权利要求21-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息用于指示一个第二应答响应资源。The method of any of claims 21-23, wherein the second information is used to indicate a second response response resource.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一应答响应的数量为多个时,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein, when the number of the first response responses is multiple, after the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备在所述第二应答响应资源上接收所述终端设备反馈的所述第一应答响应的绑定响应或联合响应。Receiving, by the network device, a binding response or a joint response of the first response response fed back by the terminal device on the second response response resource.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备接收所述终端设备反 馈的所述绑定响应之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 25, wherein before the receiving, by the network device, the binding response of the terminal device feedback, the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量。The network device sends the number of the first response responses to the terminal device.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一应答响应的数量,包括:The method of claim 26, wherein the transmitting, by the network device, the number of the first response to the terminal device comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送携带所述第一应答响应的数量的第三信息。The network device sends, to the terminal device, third information that carries the number of the first response.
  28. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备接收所述终端设备反馈的所述联合响应之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 25, wherein the method further comprises: before the network device receives the joint response fed back by the terminal device, the method further comprising:
    所述网络设备根据所述第一应答响应的数量,确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH格式format,并向所述终端设备发送所述PUCCH format,其中,所述PUCCH format为所述终端设备在发送所述联合响应时使用的。Determining, by the network device, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH format format according to the number of the first response, and sending the PUCCH format to the terminal device, where the PUCCH format is that the terminal device is transmitting the Used in conjunction with the response.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备接收所述终端设备反馈的所述联合响应之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 28, wherein the method further comprises: before the network device receives the joint response fed back by the terminal device, the method further comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送码本信息,所述码本信息指示所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置。The network device sends codebook information to the terminal device, where the codebook information indicates a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述码本信息为所述第一下行信息的标识,或所述第一应答响应在码本中的位置的索引。The method according to claim 29, wherein the codebook information is an identifier of the first downlink information, or an index of a location of the first response response in the codebook.
  31. 如权利要求21-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息用于指示至少一个第二应答响应资源,且每个第二应答响应资源对应所述第一应答响应中的一个第一应答响应。The method according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the second information is used to indicate at least one second response response resource, and each second response response resource corresponds to the first response response. A first response response.
  32. 如权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein after the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备分别在所述至少一个第二应答响应资源中每个第二应答响应资源上,接收所述终端设备反馈的每个第二应答响应资源对应的第一应答响应。The network device receives a first response response corresponding to each second response response resource fed back by the terminal device, on each second response response resource of the at least one second response response resource.
  33. 如权利要求31或32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二应答响应资源的偏置;The method of claim 31 or 32, wherein the second information comprises an offset of the at least one second response response resource;
    其中,任一个第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的偏置为:The offset of the second response response resource corresponding to any one of the first response responses is:
    所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的位置相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的位置的偏移量;或者An offset of a location of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to a location of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response; or
    所述第一应答响应对应的第二应答响应资源的索引相对于所述第一应答响应对应的第一应答响应资源的索引的偏移量。An offset of an index of the second response response resource corresponding to the first response response relative to an index of the first response response resource corresponding to the first response response.
  34. 如权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 33, wherein after the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行信息的标识。The network device sends the identifier of the first downlink information to the terminal device.
  35. 如权利要求31-34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 31 to 34, wherein the transmitting, by the network device, the second information to the terminal device comprises:
    所述网络设备根据为所述终端设备配置的无线网络临时标识RNTI,向所述终端设备发送所述第二信息。The network device sends the second information to the terminal device according to a radio network temporary identifier RNTI configured for the terminal device.
  36. 如权利要求24-30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 24 to 30, wherein before the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, The method also includes:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示第三应答响应资 源,所述第三应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第一BP内,且所述第三应答响应资源用于承载所述终端设备对第二下行信息的第二应答响应;The network device sends fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third response response resource, the frequency domain resource of the third response response resource is in the first BP, and the The third response response resource is configured to carry a second response response of the terminal device to the second downlink information.
    在所述网络设备将所述终端设备的上行频域资源从所述第一BP切换到所述第二BP之后,所述方法还包括:After the network device switches the uplink frequency domain resource of the terminal device from the first BP to the second BP, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示所述第四应答响应资源,所述第四应答响应资源的频域资源在所述第二BP内,且所述第四应答响应资源用于承载所述第二应答响应。The network device sends a fifth information to the terminal device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the fourth response response resource, and the frequency domain resource of the fourth response response resource is in the second BP, and The fourth response response resource is configured to carry the second response response.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一下行信息为第一时间时间单元集合中的下行信息;第二下行信息为第二时间单元集合中的下行信息;所述第一时间单元集合和所述第二时间单元集合均包含至少一个时间单元。The method according to claim 36, wherein the first downlink information is downlink information in a first time time unit set; the second downlink information is downlink information in a second time unit set; Both the set of time units and the set of second time units comprise at least one time unit.
  38. 一种通信装置,用于终端设备,其特征在于,包括用于执行以上权利要求1至20任一项所述的各个步骤的单元或手段。A communication device for a terminal device, characterized by comprising means or means for performing the steps of any of the preceding claims 1 to 20.
  39. 一种通信装置,用于终端设备,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理元件和至少一个存储元件,其中所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序和数据,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行如权利要求1至20任一项所述的方法。A communication device for a terminal device, comprising at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein said at least one storage element is for storing a program and data, said at least one processing element for performing a right The method of any one of 1 to 20 is claimed.
  40. 一种通信装置,用于网络设备,其特征在于,包括用于执行以上权利要求21至37任一项所述的各个步骤的单元或手段。A communication device for a network device, characterized by comprising means or means for performing the various steps of any of the preceding claims 21 to 37.
  41. 一种通信装置,用于网络设备,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理元件和至少一个存储元件,其中所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序和数据,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行如权利要求21至37任一项所述的方法。A communication device for a network device, comprising at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein said at least one storage element is for storing programs and data, said at least one processing element for performing rights The method of any one of 21 to 37 is claimed.
  42. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时,用于实现如权利要求1至37任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium having stored thereon a computer program for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 37 when executed by a processor.
PCT/CN2018/091349 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Communication method and device WO2018228501A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710459798.X 2017-06-16
CN201710459798.XA CN109151897B (en) 2017-06-16 2017-06-16 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018228501A1 true WO2018228501A1 (en) 2018-12-20

Family

ID=64660412

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/091349 WO2018228501A1 (en) 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Communication method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN109151897B (en)
WO (1) WO2018228501A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021027551A1 (en) * 2019-08-15 2021-02-18 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020142905A1 (en) * 2019-01-08 2020-07-16 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Bandwidth part switching method and apparatus
CN111756505B (en) * 2019-03-29 2021-10-22 华为技术有限公司 Method and equipment for switching partial bandwidth
EP4101225A4 (en) * 2020-02-07 2023-03-15 NEC Corporation Method, device and computer storage medium for communication

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009054766A1 (en) * 2007-10-25 2009-04-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) A method of transmitting mbms data in an e-utran-system
US20150063259A1 (en) * 2013-08-30 2015-03-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for partial bandwidth carrier aggregation
CN106538017A (en) * 2014-07-16 2017-03-22 高通股份有限公司 Techniques for scaling bandwidth of an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009054766A1 (en) * 2007-10-25 2009-04-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) A method of transmitting mbms data in an e-utran-system
US20150063259A1 (en) * 2013-08-30 2015-03-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for partial bandwidth carrier aggregation
CN106538017A (en) * 2014-07-16 2017-03-22 高通股份有限公司 Techniques for scaling bandwidth of an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021027551A1 (en) * 2019-08-15 2021-02-18 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109151897B (en) 2020-03-10
CN109151897A (en) 2019-01-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11606776B2 (en) Transmission method and apparatus thereof
US11398885B2 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus
WO2019029366A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for adjusting frequency domain resource and sending indication information
WO2017054633A1 (en) Resource allocation method, apparatus, and wireless access system
JP2020529809A (en) Signal scrambling methods and equipment, and signal descramble methods and equipment
EP3614610B1 (en) Frequency domain resource processing method, device and system
WO2018228500A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting scheduling information
JP2016503271A (en) Uplink control information transmission / reception in wireless networks
WO2018228501A1 (en) Communication method and device
JP2016530761A (en) Uplink control signaling for FDD-TDD joint carrier aggregation
JP5777222B2 (en) Method and apparatus for determining resource index information
TWI771337B (en) Method for transmitting uplink control information, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2019128680A1 (en) Method, device, and system for determining state of bwp
WO2019029348A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal, and base station
WO2010127480A1 (en) Method, access network device and terminal for communicating using convergence carrier wave
WO2019051766A1 (en) Method for configuring scheduling request, network device and terminal device
WO2020029850A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
KR102422609B1 (en) Indicating contiguous resource allocation
WO2020143490A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2017070948A1 (en) Carrier aggregation method and apparatus
EP3648390B1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2019129253A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2019029463A1 (en) Method and device for receiving control information and sending control information
WO2021155604A1 (en) Information processing method and device
TWI751263B (en) Method and device for harq process configuration and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18817324

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18817324

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1